CA1146546A - Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2,4- diaminoquinazolines - Google Patents
Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2,4- diaminoquinazolinesInfo
- Publication number
- CA1146546A CA1146546A CA000363579A CA363579A CA1146546A CA 1146546 A CA1146546 A CA 1146546A CA 000363579 A CA000363579 A CA 000363579A CA 363579 A CA363579 A CA 363579A CA 1146546 A CA1146546 A CA 1146546A
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- carbon atoms
- amino
- chloro
- alkyl
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
- C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C205/00—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton
- C07C205/44—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by —CHO groups
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C205/00—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton
- C07C205/49—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups
- C07C205/57—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups having nitro groups and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
- C07C205/59—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups having nitro groups and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms or by two oxygen or sulfur atoms singly bound to the same carbon atom
- C07D211/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms or by two oxygen or sulfur atoms singly bound to the same carbon atom by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
- C07D211/42—Oxygen atoms attached in position 3 or 5
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/40—Oxygen atoms
- C07D211/44—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4
- C07D211/46—Oxygen atoms attached in position 4 having a hydrogen atom as the second substituent in position 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
- C07D239/95—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D239/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings
- C07D239/70—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazine or hydrogenated 1,3-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D239/72—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines
- C07D239/95—Quinazolines; Hydrogenated quinazolines with hetero atoms directly attached in positions 2 and 4
- C07D239/96—Two oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D267/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing rings of more than six members having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D267/02—Seven-membered rings
- C07D267/08—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4
- C07D267/10—Seven-membered rings having the hetero atoms in positions 1 and 4 not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D307/56—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D307/68—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
- C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
- C07D319/20—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring with substituents attached to the hetero ring
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Abstract 2,4-Diaminoquinazolines of the formula ---(I) wherein Y1 is hydrogen or chloro Y2 is OR, Y3 is hydrogen or OR such that when Y1 is hydrogen Y3 is OR and when Y1 is chloro Y3 is hydrogen or OR, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; R
represents an alkyl group having from one to three carbon atoms;
taken separately, R1 and R2 are each hydrogen, alkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl having from three to eight carbon atoms, alkenyl or alkynyl each having from three to five carbon atoms or hydroxy substituted alkyl having from two to five carbon atoms, when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached R1 and R2 form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group optionally containing an atom of oxygen, sulfur or a second atom of nitrogen as a ring member; their use as antihypertensive agents, pharmaceutical com-positions containing them and intermediates for their production.
represents an alkyl group having from one to three carbon atoms;
taken separately, R1 and R2 are each hydrogen, alkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl having from three to eight carbon atoms, alkenyl or alkynyl each having from three to five carbon atoms or hydroxy substituted alkyl having from two to five carbon atoms, when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached R1 and R2 form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group optionally containing an atom of oxygen, sulfur or a second atom of nitrogen as a ring member; their use as antihypertensive agents, pharmaceutical com-positions containing them and intermediates for their production.
Description
5~
Docket P.C. (Ph) 6113A
Novel Chloro- and Alkoxy-Substituted-2,4-Diamino~uinazolines _ - _ Cross-Reference to Related Application This is a continuation-in-par~ of application ! s Serial Number 90,313 filed November 1, 1979.
Background of the I'nvention Field of the Invention This invention relates to certain 2,4-diaminoquina-zolines. Particularly, the invention relates to certain 7-alkoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolin~s which are further substituted by a 6-chloro group and/or an 8-alkoxy group, their use as antihypertensive agents, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and intermediates for their production.
Description of the Prior Art U.S~ Patent Nos. 3,511,836; 3,635,979 and 3,663,706 disclose 6!7-dimethoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolines o~ ~he formula ~H2 CH3~NJ~ .
where Z is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group.
One of these compounds, 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline, is a clinically useful antihypertensive agent and is marketed under the generic name "prazosin," the pharmacology of which is discussed in Constantine et al., "Hypertension:
Mechanisms and Management," edited by Onesti, Kin and Moyer, Grune and Stratton, 1973, pp. 429-444.
U.S. 3,669,968 and U.S. 3,769,286 disclose 6,7,8-trialkoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolines in which the 2-amino group is substituted by certain alkyl ar.d hydroxy sub-stituted alkyl groups or is a heterocyclic group such as piperidino or 4-substituted piperazino. One of ,:,.. ..
': ~, . ~
these compounds is known by the generic same "trimazosin" and has the formula 3 ~ N
C 3 ~ N N NCOOCH2C(CH3)2 Trimazosin is also an active antihypertensive agent, see e.g., Vlachikis et al.,Current Therapeutic Research, 17, 564 (1975). However, it is less potent than prazosin. Althuis et al., J. Med. Chem., 20, 146 (1977) have shown the 6-0-de-methyl derivative is a major metabolite of prazosin of considerably lower blood pressure lowering activity. The 7-O-demthyl derivative is a less prevalent metabolite.
United States 3,920,636 and United States, 4,044,135 disclose homo-piperazinoquinazoline compounds as antihypertensive agents.
Several patents have issued which disclose antihypertensive compounds of the general formula CH30 ~ N
3 ~ N ~J~N NCOR
United States 4,001,237 claims compounds wherein Ra is an oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole or isothiazole radical.
In United States 4,001,238, such compounds are disclosed wherein Ra is of the formuia N--S-alkyl Ll4~
U.S. 3,78Q,040 discloses 3,4-dihydroquinazoline analogs of the abov~ formula whereIn Ra is 2-thienyl.
In U.S. 4,026,8~4 and U.S. 4,112,0~7, Ra is a 2-tetrahydrofuryl or 2-tetrahydropyranyl moiety. U.S.
4,060,615 claims compounds in which Ra is cycloalkyl J having 3 to 8 carbon atoms and cycloalkenyl ha~ng 4 to 8 carbon atoms. U.S. 4,101,548 is concerned with 1,2,3-thiadiazole amides of the above formula wherein Ra is Rb 10 , ~
and Rb is hydrogen, lower alkyl, N~2or NHCO2RC in which Rc is lower alkyl.
6,7-Dim.ethoxy-2-~4-thiomorpholin-1-yl) 4-amino-quinazolines and derivatives in which the 2-substituent is .
-N S()d ~ d is 0, 1 or 2 are disclosed as antihypertensive agents in U.S.
4,115,565.
British Patent No. 1,530,768 discloses prazosin
Docket P.C. (Ph) 6113A
Novel Chloro- and Alkoxy-Substituted-2,4-Diamino~uinazolines _ - _ Cross-Reference to Related Application This is a continuation-in-par~ of application ! s Serial Number 90,313 filed November 1, 1979.
Background of the I'nvention Field of the Invention This invention relates to certain 2,4-diaminoquina-zolines. Particularly, the invention relates to certain 7-alkoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolin~s which are further substituted by a 6-chloro group and/or an 8-alkoxy group, their use as antihypertensive agents, pharmaceutical compositions thereof and intermediates for their production.
Description of the Prior Art U.S~ Patent Nos. 3,511,836; 3,635,979 and 3,663,706 disclose 6!7-dimethoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolines o~ ~he formula ~H2 CH3~NJ~ .
where Z is a nitrogen-containing heterocyclic group.
One of these compounds, 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6,7-dimethoxyquinazoline, is a clinically useful antihypertensive agent and is marketed under the generic name "prazosin," the pharmacology of which is discussed in Constantine et al., "Hypertension:
Mechanisms and Management," edited by Onesti, Kin and Moyer, Grune and Stratton, 1973, pp. 429-444.
U.S. 3,669,968 and U.S. 3,769,286 disclose 6,7,8-trialkoxy-2,4-diaminoquinazolines in which the 2-amino group is substituted by certain alkyl ar.d hydroxy sub-stituted alkyl groups or is a heterocyclic group such as piperidino or 4-substituted piperazino. One of ,:,.. ..
': ~, . ~
these compounds is known by the generic same "trimazosin" and has the formula 3 ~ N
C 3 ~ N N NCOOCH2C(CH3)2 Trimazosin is also an active antihypertensive agent, see e.g., Vlachikis et al.,Current Therapeutic Research, 17, 564 (1975). However, it is less potent than prazosin. Althuis et al., J. Med. Chem., 20, 146 (1977) have shown the 6-0-de-methyl derivative is a major metabolite of prazosin of considerably lower blood pressure lowering activity. The 7-O-demthyl derivative is a less prevalent metabolite.
United States 3,920,636 and United States, 4,044,135 disclose homo-piperazinoquinazoline compounds as antihypertensive agents.
Several patents have issued which disclose antihypertensive compounds of the general formula CH30 ~ N
3 ~ N ~J~N NCOR
United States 4,001,237 claims compounds wherein Ra is an oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole or isothiazole radical.
In United States 4,001,238, such compounds are disclosed wherein Ra is of the formuia N--S-alkyl Ll4~
U.S. 3,78Q,040 discloses 3,4-dihydroquinazoline analogs of the abov~ formula whereIn Ra is 2-thienyl.
In U.S. 4,026,8~4 and U.S. 4,112,0~7, Ra is a 2-tetrahydrofuryl or 2-tetrahydropyranyl moiety. U.S.
4,060,615 claims compounds in which Ra is cycloalkyl J having 3 to 8 carbon atoms and cycloalkenyl ha~ng 4 to 8 carbon atoms. U.S. 4,101,548 is concerned with 1,2,3-thiadiazole amides of the above formula wherein Ra is Rb 10 , ~
and Rb is hydrogen, lower alkyl, N~2or NHCO2RC in which Rc is lower alkyl.
6,7-Dim.ethoxy-2-~4-thiomorpholin-1-yl) 4-amino-quinazolines and derivatives in which the 2-substituent is .
-N S()d ~ d is 0, 1 or 2 are disclosed as antihypertensive agents in U.S.
4,115,565.
British Patent No. 1,530,768 discloses prazosin
2~ analogs in which the 2-amino group is of the formula ~ e -N ~-~OR
where Re is ~henyl. substi~uted ~eny1~ yl r t~i~yL
or 5-a~y~t~io-1,3,4-oxad~azol-2~yl.
French Patent No. 2,321,890 discloses analogs of prazosin in which the 2-amino su~stituent is a piperi-dino or piperazino group substituted in the 3 or 4 positlon.
, The compounds of t~e invention are hi~hly potent antihypertensive agents having i~proved duration of action since they are not suscepti~le to meta~olic de-met~ylat~on at t~e 6-pos;tion w~th resultant loss of activity as is the case wit~ prazos~n~ In addition~
the invention compounds ~ave improved water solubility when compared to prazosin They can t~erefore be administered intraveneously, particularly for emergency purposes and are uniformly absorbed by all patients.
Summ ry of the Invention The present invention discloses new 2,4-diamino-quinazoline compo~nds and processes for their production.
The new 2,4-diaminoquinazolines possess valuable pharmacological properties and other aspects of the invention relate to pharmaceutical compositions for oral or parenteral adm~nistration to a mammal comprising one or more of said new compsunds and a pharmaceutically acc~ptable carrier, as well as a method for treating hypertension which comprises orally or parenterally administering to mammals in need of such treatment an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The compounds of the invention are also useful for their vasodilation properties, as antiglaucoma agents and in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
~6~
The novel compounds disclosed are of the formula Y ~
wherein yl is hydrogen or chloro, y2 is OR and Y3 is hydrogen or OR such that when yl is hydrogen, Y3 is OR
and when yl is chloro, Y3 is hydrogen or OR, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereo;
R is alkyl having from one to three carbon atoms;
Rl and R2 are the same or different and when taken separately are each a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 5 car~on atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms; alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Rl and R2 form r 2 ~ 1 f (CH2)m 2 -N or -N X
~tCH2)~ ~CH2)n where Xl is a member selected from the group consisting of S(O)t, CHOR , -(CH2)p- and CH~ , and X is a member selected from the group consisting of X , O, NR , NCoR4 and NCooR5, where m is 2 or 3, n is 2 or 3, p is 1 to 3, t is 0, 1 or 2;
6~ fi R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl hav-ing from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 car-bon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, ~(CH2)qC6H4R and ~(CH2)qClOH6R where q is O or l;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylmethyl wherein said cycloalkyl has from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, ~ R9 ~ t~ ~A~11 ~ o ~ R . /~ ~ H ~ ~ N ~
-P~ ~16~
R , CH2R and (CH2) C6H4R where A is S or 0, q as defined above and R is a member selected from the group consisting of ~ ~ 2 r ~ ~ ~ ~ and 2)r where r is J or 2;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, CH2C6H4R , CH2CloH6R , CH2R and CH20-pyridyl;
R is a member selected from the group conSisting of hydrogen, C6H4R , -(CH2)pZR , alkyl having from 1 -to 6 carbon atoms, and said alkyl sub-stituted by a member selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, OH, CH30, S02CH3 and NHS02CH3, where p and A are as previously defined and Z is a member selected from the group consisting of 0, S, SO, S02 and NR
R is a me~ber selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, (CH ) C H R8 d COC El R8 R is a rnember selected from the group consisting of El, Cl, Br, F, CH3, CH30, CF3, OH, S02CH3 and NHS02CE~3;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, CE13, C2H5 and phenyl;
R is hydrogen or methylthio and R is a member selected from the group consisting of El, NH2 alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms and NHC02R
... ~................................... 7 ~1 ~6~
R14 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms;
Rl5 is a member selected rom the group consisting of alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms, C6H4R and CloH6R8; and R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms.
The process of the invention may be characterized as follows:
(a) a compound of the formula y~l where Ll is Cl, Br, S-alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or S-ben~yl and ylJ y2 and Y3 are as defined above, is reacted with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula Rl R2NH
in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160C; or (b) reacting a compound of the formula Y~ /
wherein L2 is Cl, Br or alkoxy having from one to four carbon atoms; and yl~ y2~
y3J Rl and R2 are as defined above with ammonia in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160C; or (c) reacting a compound of the formula Y ~ N
y2 ~ N ~ N' (CH ) NH
~ 6~
- 8a -wherein yl~ y2~ y3, m and n are as defined above with a compound of the formula WX3 where W is R3, CoR4 or CooR5; R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above, and X is Cl or Br, in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent at a temperature of from OC up to the reflux temperature of the solvent, to provide a compound of formula (I) wherein NR R is ~ CH2)m \
N NW ; or ( 2)n (d) reacting a compound of the formula Y~
Y~NH2 with a compound of the formula AlNRlR2 wherein yl~ y , y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above and Q is CN or C(=NH)NH2 and when Q is CN, A is C~-NH)XR3 or C(=NH)NH2 where X is 0 or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms;
and when Q is C(=N~I)NH2, Al is CN, optionally in the presence of a basic catalyst, and at a temperature of from 50 to 180C; or ~e) cyclization of a compound of the formula Y ~ CN
y2~N~CNRlR
wherein yl~ y2~ y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide; or (f) reaction of a compound of the formula ': ' 14654~
- 8b -~1 NHCN
Y~~ 1NR1 R
wherein Y , Y , Y , Rl and R are as defined above, with one or more cyclizing reagents at a temperature of from 25 to 125C.
Preferred compounds of the invention include the compounds of formula (I) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above and NRlR2 is ~ COR
where R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of ~ Rll ~ ~ O ~ Rl~ ~ ~ A ~
and cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms and A, r and Rll are as previously defined. Also preferred are the compounds of formula (I) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above and NRlR2 is cooR5 where R5 is hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
~14654~i _g_ Particularly preferred compounds of the invention are:
2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-t4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline, 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8;dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarhonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-[4-12-hydroxy-2~methylprop-1-yloxycarhonyl)-piperazin-l-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline and 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimet~oxyquinazoline, and their hydrochloride salts.
The invention further provides certain intexmediates useful in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I). These intermediates are of the formula o NH2 Yl ~ H Y ~ N Y C~
~ ¦ and ~
y2~ ~ '~0 y ~ '~ ~ Cl Y ~ N~2 where yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" used herein to describe an acid addition salt of a compound of formula ~I) refers to those salts having anionic species of a variety of relatively non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The anion does not contribute appreciably to the toxicity of the salt or to its pharmacological activity. Illustrative of such salts are those ~ormed with acetic, lactic, succinic, maleic, :- 114654~
tartaric, citric, gluconic, ascorbic, benzoic, cinnamic, fumaric, sulfuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric, hydro~
bromic, hydroiodic, sulfamic, sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, and related acids. Preparation of the mono-acid addition salts may be carried out in con~entional manner by treating a solution or suspension or the free base in a reaction inert organic solvent with one chemical equivalent of the acid or if the di-acid addition salt is desired, at least two cnemical equivalents of the acid. Conventional concentr2tion or crystallization techniques are employed in isolating the salts.
The compounds of formula (I) are especially useful as antihypertensive agents having significant advantages over the prior art. The yl substituent, at the 6-posi-tion of the invention compounds, is either hydrogen or chLoro, groups which are not prone to metabolic attack.
Consequently, the invention compounds are not subject to facile metabolic demethylation with resultant loss of activity, as has been shown for 2razosin. Accordingly, the compounds of formula (I) have gr~ater duration of action than prazosin and other 6,7-dimethoxy- and 6,7,a-trimethoxy~uinazoline antihypertensive agents known in the art.
The invention compounds also have significantly greater watsr solubility than prazosln and as a result of their improved solubility, are uniformly absorbed by all patients. ~urthermore, they can be administered in time release form, as well as parenterally, including intraveneously.
~ i146546 Detailed Descri~tion of the Invention The antihypertensive compounds of the invention are represented by either of the formuIae ~Rl ~ NRlR2 (I) (III) h ein yl y2 y3 R, Rl and R2 are as previouslY
defined. They are prepared by synthetic methods described ~elow.
Scheme I, below, outlines a preferred reaction sequence. In the first step a 4-alkoxyanthranilic acid of formula IIX) containing the desired sub-stituents yl and Y3 as defined above is cyclized tothe corresponding 2,4-dioxoquinazoline of formula (X). The cyclization is ~rought about by reacting the compound (IX) with sodium or potassium cyanate or urea according to the procedure of Curd et al., Jour. Chem. Soc., 777 (1947) for the corresponding 6,7-dimethoxyquinazolinediones. Of course, as will be apparent to one skilled in the art, the anthranilic acids of formula ~IX) may be replaced in this reaction by the corresponding compounds in which the carboxylic acid moiety is replaced by a CONH2, CN, or carboxylic ester group with satisfactory results. The cyclized compounds of formula (X) are novel compounds, of value as intermediates for preparing the antihypertensive compounds of the invention. As will be recognized by one skilled in the art, they may also be represented as the corresponding tautomeric 2,4-dihydroxyquinazolines.
~1~6546 Scheme I
RO ~ NNRO X~l/ o (IX) ~X) RO~ ClRO ~C.
( XI )( XI I ) yl ~,~
RO /~ N~R2 (III) 1~6546 In preparing the intermediates of formula IX)~
the starting material (IX) is suspended in a polar solvent in the presence of acid, preferably water-acetic acid, and a 2-4 molar excess of the cyanate salt, e.q., potassium cyanate or urea added. The resulting mixture is then heated at a temperature of from about room temperature up to the reflux tempera-ture of the solvent until reaction is substantially complete. Typical reaction times are from about 1 to 24 hours. The mixture is then cooled, made alkaline with sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide and the alkaline ~ixture heated again at a temperature of from about 70 to 100C. for 1 to 5 hours. The resultin~
sodium salt of the product (X) is then acidified and isolated by standard methods known in the art.
The i~termediate of formula (X) is then reacted with a mixture of phosphorous pentachloride and phosphorous oxychloride or the corresponding phosphorous bromides to prepare the corresponding 2,4-dihaloquinazo-lines. The preferred embodiment, in which the abovephosphorous chlorides are employed, is depicted in Scheme I to provide the intermediates of formula (XI) in which R, yl and Y3 are as defined above. Typically the dione (X) and a 2 to 4 molar excess each of phosphorous pentachloride and phosphorous oxychloriae are heated at reflux for 2 to 6 hours, the residual phosphorous oxychloride evaporated and the residue slurried in a reaction inert organic solvent, for example, chloroform or dichloromethane, and poured into ice-water. Insoluble material is removed and the product isolated from the organic layer by evaporation or precipitation by addition of a non-solvent, for example, hexane, to precipitate the dichloro compound of formula (XI).
The key 2-chloro-4-aminoquinazoline intermediates of formula (XII) are provided by reacting equimolar amounts of ammonia and 2,4-dichloroquinazoline (XI) in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent.
S Examples of suitable reaction inert solvents are ethyl J ether, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform and benzene. A
preferred solvent is tetrahydrofuran. In ordinary practice a preferred excess of ammonia of from one to ten moles would be used in order to shift the reaction 10 toward completion. The temperature at which this reaction can be carried out is from about 25 to 200C.
~or a period of from one to 4R hours. A preferred reaction temperature and time for this reaction would be about 25 to 60C. for a~out five hours. Upon 15 completion of the reaction the product is reccvered by conventional means. For instance, the solvent can be evaporated and the crude solid can be triturated with water or precipitated from dilute aqueous acid in crystalline form and subsequently recrystallized from 20 any number of organic solvents such as methanol, dimethylformamide or their mixtures with water.
Conversion of the 2-chloroquinazoline intermediate of formula (XII) to the desired compound of formula ~III) is accomplished by contacting the intermediate 25 (XII) with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula RlR2NH in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent. A small molar excess of amine is generally employed. Preferred organic solvents for this reaction include polar solvents like tetrahydro-30 furan, dioxane, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide;
alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isoamyl alcohol 6S4~
and ketones such as methylethyl~etone and methylisobutyl-~etone. Particularly preferred solvents are isoamyl alcohol and methylisobutylketone. The reaction mixt~re is heated preferably at a temperature of from about 60 to 160~C. for from one to 65 hours. Particularly preferred reaction temperatures are from about 100 to 140C. and temperatures in this range are conveniently obtained by maintaining the reaction mixture at the reflux temperature of the particularly preferred solvents. At such temperature the reaction is ordinarily complete in from about two hours to two days.
Alternate procedures for preparing the compounds of the invention may also be used with satisfactory results. For example, the alternate methods disclosed in U.S. 3,511,836 for preparation of prazosin and its analogs can also be used with the appropriate starting materials to provide the invention compounds of formula (I). These methods are enumerated and discussed briefly below.
1. 2-Amino-4-chloroquinazolines ~XXIX) prepared by method~ analogous to those described in ~.S~ 3,511,836 for the corresponding 6,7-dialkoxy- compounds may be reacted with ammonia under conditions described above for the conversion of compounds (XI) to (XII) with re-sultant formatio~ of the desired product of formula(I) where yl~ y2 y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above.
Cl yl ~~' 2 ~ ~ N ~ NRlR2 ~ (I) XXIX
~14654~
2. The quinazolinedione of formula (X) can ~e reacted with a reagent such as phosphorous pentasulfide or the like to form the corresponding 2,4-quinazolinedithione which are in turn reacted with an alkyl or benzyl halide to form the corresponding 2,4-dithioalkyl-quinazoline or 2,4-dithiobenzylquinazoline. This is then reacted with ammonia by the procedure previously described for the reaction of the 2,4-dichloroquinazolines (XI) to provide the corresponding 4-amino-2-thioalkyl (or thiobenzyl) quinazoline (XX). The latter compound is then converted to the desired compound (I) by employing conditions previously described for the formation of compound II) from 2-chloro compounds of formula (XII).
yl~~
lS ~ N ~ S-alkyl(or benzyl) ~ (I) ~ XX) where yl~ ~2, y3~ R1 and R2 are as previously defined.
where Re is ~henyl. substi~uted ~eny1~ yl r t~i~yL
or 5-a~y~t~io-1,3,4-oxad~azol-2~yl.
French Patent No. 2,321,890 discloses analogs of prazosin in which the 2-amino su~stituent is a piperi-dino or piperazino group substituted in the 3 or 4 positlon.
, The compounds of t~e invention are hi~hly potent antihypertensive agents having i~proved duration of action since they are not suscepti~le to meta~olic de-met~ylat~on at t~e 6-pos;tion w~th resultant loss of activity as is the case wit~ prazos~n~ In addition~
the invention compounds ~ave improved water solubility when compared to prazosin They can t~erefore be administered intraveneously, particularly for emergency purposes and are uniformly absorbed by all patients.
Summ ry of the Invention The present invention discloses new 2,4-diamino-quinazoline compo~nds and processes for their production.
The new 2,4-diaminoquinazolines possess valuable pharmacological properties and other aspects of the invention relate to pharmaceutical compositions for oral or parenteral adm~nistration to a mammal comprising one or more of said new compsunds and a pharmaceutically acc~ptable carrier, as well as a method for treating hypertension which comprises orally or parenterally administering to mammals in need of such treatment an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the invention.
The compounds of the invention are also useful for their vasodilation properties, as antiglaucoma agents and in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
~6~
The novel compounds disclosed are of the formula Y ~
wherein yl is hydrogen or chloro, y2 is OR and Y3 is hydrogen or OR such that when yl is hydrogen, Y3 is OR
and when yl is chloro, Y3 is hydrogen or OR, and the pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereo;
R is alkyl having from one to three carbon atoms;
Rl and R2 are the same or different and when taken separately are each a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 5 car~on atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms; alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached Rl and R2 form r 2 ~ 1 f (CH2)m 2 -N or -N X
~tCH2)~ ~CH2)n where Xl is a member selected from the group consisting of S(O)t, CHOR , -(CH2)p- and CH~ , and X is a member selected from the group consisting of X , O, NR , NCoR4 and NCooR5, where m is 2 or 3, n is 2 or 3, p is 1 to 3, t is 0, 1 or 2;
6~ fi R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl hav-ing from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 car-bon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, ~(CH2)qC6H4R and ~(CH2)qClOH6R where q is O or l;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylmethyl wherein said cycloalkyl has from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, ~ R9 ~ t~ ~A~11 ~ o ~ R . /~ ~ H ~ ~ N ~
-P~ ~16~
R , CH2R and (CH2) C6H4R where A is S or 0, q as defined above and R is a member selected from the group consisting of ~ ~ 2 r ~ ~ ~ ~ and 2)r where r is J or 2;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, CH2C6H4R , CH2CloH6R , CH2R and CH20-pyridyl;
R is a member selected from the group conSisting of hydrogen, C6H4R , -(CH2)pZR , alkyl having from 1 -to 6 carbon atoms, and said alkyl sub-stituted by a member selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, OH, CH30, S02CH3 and NHS02CH3, where p and A are as previously defined and Z is a member selected from the group consisting of 0, S, SO, S02 and NR
R is a me~ber selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, (CH ) C H R8 d COC El R8 R is a rnember selected from the group consisting of El, Cl, Br, F, CH3, CH30, CF3, OH, S02CH3 and NHS02CE~3;
R is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, CE13, C2H5 and phenyl;
R is hydrogen or methylthio and R is a member selected from the group consisting of El, NH2 alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms and NHC02R
... ~................................... 7 ~1 ~6~
R14 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms;
Rl5 is a member selected rom the group consisting of alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms, C6H4R and CloH6R8; and R 6 is hydrogen or alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms.
The process of the invention may be characterized as follows:
(a) a compound of the formula y~l where Ll is Cl, Br, S-alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or S-ben~yl and ylJ y2 and Y3 are as defined above, is reacted with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula Rl R2NH
in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160C; or (b) reacting a compound of the formula Y~ /
wherein L2 is Cl, Br or alkoxy having from one to four carbon atoms; and yl~ y2~
y3J Rl and R2 are as defined above with ammonia in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160C; or (c) reacting a compound of the formula Y ~ N
y2 ~ N ~ N' (CH ) NH
~ 6~
- 8a -wherein yl~ y2~ y3, m and n are as defined above with a compound of the formula WX3 where W is R3, CoR4 or CooR5; R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above, and X is Cl or Br, in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent at a temperature of from OC up to the reflux temperature of the solvent, to provide a compound of formula (I) wherein NR R is ~ CH2)m \
N NW ; or ( 2)n (d) reacting a compound of the formula Y~
Y~NH2 with a compound of the formula AlNRlR2 wherein yl~ y , y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above and Q is CN or C(=NH)NH2 and when Q is CN, A is C~-NH)XR3 or C(=NH)NH2 where X is 0 or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms;
and when Q is C(=N~I)NH2, Al is CN, optionally in the presence of a basic catalyst, and at a temperature of from 50 to 180C; or ~e) cyclization of a compound of the formula Y ~ CN
y2~N~CNRlR
wherein yl~ y2~ y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide; or (f) reaction of a compound of the formula ': ' 14654~
- 8b -~1 NHCN
Y~~ 1NR1 R
wherein Y , Y , Y , Rl and R are as defined above, with one or more cyclizing reagents at a temperature of from 25 to 125C.
Preferred compounds of the invention include the compounds of formula (I) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above and NRlR2 is ~ COR
where R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of ~ Rll ~ ~ O ~ Rl~ ~ ~ A ~
and cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms and A, r and Rll are as previously defined. Also preferred are the compounds of formula (I) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above and NRlR2 is cooR5 where R5 is hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
~14654~i _g_ Particularly preferred compounds of the invention are:
2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-t4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline, 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8;dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarhonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, 2-[4-12-hydroxy-2~methylprop-1-yloxycarhonyl)-piperazin-l-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline and 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl)-piperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimet~oxyquinazoline, and their hydrochloride salts.
The invention further provides certain intexmediates useful in the preparation of the compounds of formula (I). These intermediates are of the formula o NH2 Yl ~ H Y ~ N Y C~
~ ¦ and ~
y2~ ~ '~0 y ~ '~ ~ Cl Y ~ N~2 where yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above.
The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" used herein to describe an acid addition salt of a compound of formula ~I) refers to those salts having anionic species of a variety of relatively non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The anion does not contribute appreciably to the toxicity of the salt or to its pharmacological activity. Illustrative of such salts are those ~ormed with acetic, lactic, succinic, maleic, :- 114654~
tartaric, citric, gluconic, ascorbic, benzoic, cinnamic, fumaric, sulfuric, phosphoric, hydrochloric, hydro~
bromic, hydroiodic, sulfamic, sulfonic acids such as methanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, and related acids. Preparation of the mono-acid addition salts may be carried out in con~entional manner by treating a solution or suspension or the free base in a reaction inert organic solvent with one chemical equivalent of the acid or if the di-acid addition salt is desired, at least two cnemical equivalents of the acid. Conventional concentr2tion or crystallization techniques are employed in isolating the salts.
The compounds of formula (I) are especially useful as antihypertensive agents having significant advantages over the prior art. The yl substituent, at the 6-posi-tion of the invention compounds, is either hydrogen or chLoro, groups which are not prone to metabolic attack.
Consequently, the invention compounds are not subject to facile metabolic demethylation with resultant loss of activity, as has been shown for 2razosin. Accordingly, the compounds of formula (I) have gr~ater duration of action than prazosin and other 6,7-dimethoxy- and 6,7,a-trimethoxy~uinazoline antihypertensive agents known in the art.
The invention compounds also have significantly greater watsr solubility than prazosln and as a result of their improved solubility, are uniformly absorbed by all patients. ~urthermore, they can be administered in time release form, as well as parenterally, including intraveneously.
~ i146546 Detailed Descri~tion of the Invention The antihypertensive compounds of the invention are represented by either of the formuIae ~Rl ~ NRlR2 (I) (III) h ein yl y2 y3 R, Rl and R2 are as previouslY
defined. They are prepared by synthetic methods described ~elow.
Scheme I, below, outlines a preferred reaction sequence. In the first step a 4-alkoxyanthranilic acid of formula IIX) containing the desired sub-stituents yl and Y3 as defined above is cyclized tothe corresponding 2,4-dioxoquinazoline of formula (X). The cyclization is ~rought about by reacting the compound (IX) with sodium or potassium cyanate or urea according to the procedure of Curd et al., Jour. Chem. Soc., 777 (1947) for the corresponding 6,7-dimethoxyquinazolinediones. Of course, as will be apparent to one skilled in the art, the anthranilic acids of formula ~IX) may be replaced in this reaction by the corresponding compounds in which the carboxylic acid moiety is replaced by a CONH2, CN, or carboxylic ester group with satisfactory results. The cyclized compounds of formula (X) are novel compounds, of value as intermediates for preparing the antihypertensive compounds of the invention. As will be recognized by one skilled in the art, they may also be represented as the corresponding tautomeric 2,4-dihydroxyquinazolines.
~1~6546 Scheme I
RO ~ NNRO X~l/ o (IX) ~X) RO~ ClRO ~C.
( XI )( XI I ) yl ~,~
RO /~ N~R2 (III) 1~6546 In preparing the intermediates of formula IX)~
the starting material (IX) is suspended in a polar solvent in the presence of acid, preferably water-acetic acid, and a 2-4 molar excess of the cyanate salt, e.q., potassium cyanate or urea added. The resulting mixture is then heated at a temperature of from about room temperature up to the reflux tempera-ture of the solvent until reaction is substantially complete. Typical reaction times are from about 1 to 24 hours. The mixture is then cooled, made alkaline with sodium hydroxide or potassium hydroxide and the alkaline ~ixture heated again at a temperature of from about 70 to 100C. for 1 to 5 hours. The resultin~
sodium salt of the product (X) is then acidified and isolated by standard methods known in the art.
The i~termediate of formula (X) is then reacted with a mixture of phosphorous pentachloride and phosphorous oxychloride or the corresponding phosphorous bromides to prepare the corresponding 2,4-dihaloquinazo-lines. The preferred embodiment, in which the abovephosphorous chlorides are employed, is depicted in Scheme I to provide the intermediates of formula (XI) in which R, yl and Y3 are as defined above. Typically the dione (X) and a 2 to 4 molar excess each of phosphorous pentachloride and phosphorous oxychloriae are heated at reflux for 2 to 6 hours, the residual phosphorous oxychloride evaporated and the residue slurried in a reaction inert organic solvent, for example, chloroform or dichloromethane, and poured into ice-water. Insoluble material is removed and the product isolated from the organic layer by evaporation or precipitation by addition of a non-solvent, for example, hexane, to precipitate the dichloro compound of formula (XI).
The key 2-chloro-4-aminoquinazoline intermediates of formula (XII) are provided by reacting equimolar amounts of ammonia and 2,4-dichloroquinazoline (XI) in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent.
S Examples of suitable reaction inert solvents are ethyl J ether, tetrahydrofuran, chloroform and benzene. A
preferred solvent is tetrahydrofuran. In ordinary practice a preferred excess of ammonia of from one to ten moles would be used in order to shift the reaction 10 toward completion. The temperature at which this reaction can be carried out is from about 25 to 200C.
~or a period of from one to 4R hours. A preferred reaction temperature and time for this reaction would be about 25 to 60C. for a~out five hours. Upon 15 completion of the reaction the product is reccvered by conventional means. For instance, the solvent can be evaporated and the crude solid can be triturated with water or precipitated from dilute aqueous acid in crystalline form and subsequently recrystallized from 20 any number of organic solvents such as methanol, dimethylformamide or their mixtures with water.
Conversion of the 2-chloroquinazoline intermediate of formula (XII) to the desired compound of formula ~III) is accomplished by contacting the intermediate 25 (XII) with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula RlR2NH in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent. A small molar excess of amine is generally employed. Preferred organic solvents for this reaction include polar solvents like tetrahydro-30 furan, dioxane, dimethylacetamide, dimethylformamide;
alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and isoamyl alcohol 6S4~
and ketones such as methylethyl~etone and methylisobutyl-~etone. Particularly preferred solvents are isoamyl alcohol and methylisobutylketone. The reaction mixt~re is heated preferably at a temperature of from about 60 to 160~C. for from one to 65 hours. Particularly preferred reaction temperatures are from about 100 to 140C. and temperatures in this range are conveniently obtained by maintaining the reaction mixture at the reflux temperature of the particularly preferred solvents. At such temperature the reaction is ordinarily complete in from about two hours to two days.
Alternate procedures for preparing the compounds of the invention may also be used with satisfactory results. For example, the alternate methods disclosed in U.S. 3,511,836 for preparation of prazosin and its analogs can also be used with the appropriate starting materials to provide the invention compounds of formula (I). These methods are enumerated and discussed briefly below.
1. 2-Amino-4-chloroquinazolines ~XXIX) prepared by method~ analogous to those described in ~.S~ 3,511,836 for the corresponding 6,7-dialkoxy- compounds may be reacted with ammonia under conditions described above for the conversion of compounds (XI) to (XII) with re-sultant formatio~ of the desired product of formula(I) where yl~ y2 y3~ Rl and R2 are as defined above.
Cl yl ~~' 2 ~ ~ N ~ NRlR2 ~ (I) XXIX
~14654~
2. The quinazolinedione of formula (X) can ~e reacted with a reagent such as phosphorous pentasulfide or the like to form the corresponding 2,4-quinazolinedithione which are in turn reacted with an alkyl or benzyl halide to form the corresponding 2,4-dithioalkyl-quinazoline or 2,4-dithiobenzylquinazoline. This is then reacted with ammonia by the procedure previously described for the reaction of the 2,4-dichloroquinazolines (XI) to provide the corresponding 4-amino-2-thioalkyl (or thiobenzyl) quinazoline (XX). The latter compound is then converted to the desired compound (I) by employing conditions previously described for the formation of compound II) from 2-chloro compounds of formula (XII).
yl~~
lS ~ N ~ S-alkyl(or benzyl) ~ (I) ~ XX) where yl~ ~2, y3~ R1 and R2 are as previously defined.
3. Compounds of formula (I) wherein NRlR2 forms a heterocyclic moiety of the formula ~ (CH2)m ~ 2 -N X
~CH2)n~
20 where x2 is NR3, NCoR4 or NCoOR5 and m, n, R3, R4 and R5 are as previously defined, but R3 is other than hydrogen, can also be prepared from the compound wherein x2 is NH, for example NR1R2 is piperazino, by acylation, alkylation or carbonyloxylation.
65~
.
NH2 N}~z y ~ N~ ( 2 ) m~NH ~[~ ~ ( CH2 ) m~
( XXI ) ~ XXII ) N=~3, COR or COOR
The compound (XXI) is reacted with a compound of formula R -X3, R4CoX3 or X3CooR5, where R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above and X3 is a leaving group, preferably the halides, Cl or Br. When t~e preferred halides are employed it is advantageous to use at least a slight molar excess to ensure complete reaction. The inter-mediate (XXI) and reagent of formula R3X3, R4CoX3 or X3CooR5 are contacted in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, for example, benzene, tetra-hydrofuran, acetone methylethyl ketone, methylisobutyl ketone, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or diethyleneglycol dimethyl~
ether. A preferred such solvent is methylisobutyl ketone. The reaction may be carried out successfully over a wide range of temperatures. However, a tempera-ture in the range of about 0C. up to the reflux tempera-ture of the solvent is preferred for reasons of efficiency and convenience. At such a pxeferred temperature the reaction is ordinarily complete in from about 30 minutes to six hours. The resulting solid product is then isolated as either the hydro-halide or the free base by conventional methods and purified, if desired, by crystallization, column chromatography or the like.
1~L465~fi
~CH2)n~
20 where x2 is NR3, NCoR4 or NCoOR5 and m, n, R3, R4 and R5 are as previously defined, but R3 is other than hydrogen, can also be prepared from the compound wherein x2 is NH, for example NR1R2 is piperazino, by acylation, alkylation or carbonyloxylation.
65~
.
NH2 N}~z y ~ N~ ( 2 ) m~NH ~[~ ~ ( CH2 ) m~
( XXI ) ~ XXII ) N=~3, COR or COOR
The compound (XXI) is reacted with a compound of formula R -X3, R4CoX3 or X3CooR5, where R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above and X3 is a leaving group, preferably the halides, Cl or Br. When t~e preferred halides are employed it is advantageous to use at least a slight molar excess to ensure complete reaction. The inter-mediate (XXI) and reagent of formula R3X3, R4CoX3 or X3CooR5 are contacted in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, for example, benzene, tetra-hydrofuran, acetone methylethyl ketone, methylisobutyl ketone, 1,2-dimethoxyethane or diethyleneglycol dimethyl~
ether. A preferred such solvent is methylisobutyl ketone. The reaction may be carried out successfully over a wide range of temperatures. However, a tempera-ture in the range of about 0C. up to the reflux tempera-ture of the solvent is preferred for reasons of efficiency and convenience. At such a pxeferred temperature the reaction is ordinarily complete in from about 30 minutes to six hours. The resulting solid product is then isolated as either the hydro-halide or the free base by conventional methods and purified, if desired, by crystallization, column chromatography or the like.
1~L465~fi
4. In this method the 2~aminobenzonitrile inter-mediate of formula (XIV) is reacted with a guanidine of the formula N~I2 CNRl R2 N~
J S where Rl and R2 are as defined above. The benzonitrile ~XIV) and an equivalent amount, but pre~erably a molar excess, of the guanidine are contacted in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, for ~xample, ethylene glycol, diethyleneglycol, dimethyl-10 formamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethyleneglycol dimethylether, at a temperature of from ahout 120=~180~.
for from about four to 15 hours. The desired produc~
of formula (I) is then isolated by well known methods, for example, th~ solvent is eYaporated, the residue 15 contacted with water and the precipitated product is filtered, recrystallized and dried. The reaction is illustrated as follows:
Y1~ ~CN1 2 yl ~ N
ll+ N~2c-NR R ~ ll l y2 ~ ~NH2 NHy2~ ~ N~ NRlR2 ~XIV) (I) The guanidine starting materials are prepared by methods well known in the art. For example, the amine of formula RlR2NH is reacted with cyano~en bromide to form the corresponding N-cyano-compound which, in turn, is reacted with hydroxylamine, followed by catalytic hydrogenation using the methods and conditions of Carrington, Jour~ Chem S ., London, 2527 (1955) for the conversion of anthranilonitrile into 2-aminobenzamidine.
-- ~14654~
Variations of the above method can also be carried out employing either of the following starting materials in place of the 2-aminobenzonitrile tXIV).
~ or ~
The 2-chlorobenzonitriles are obtained, for example, by diazotization of (XIV) in the presence of cuprous chloride. The 2-aminobenzamidines are obtained, for example, by the method of Carrington, above.
J S where Rl and R2 are as defined above. The benzonitrile ~XIV) and an equivalent amount, but pre~erably a molar excess, of the guanidine are contacted in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, for ~xample, ethylene glycol, diethyleneglycol, dimethyl-10 formamide, dimethylsulfoxide or diethyleneglycol dimethylether, at a temperature of from ahout 120=~180~.
for from about four to 15 hours. The desired produc~
of formula (I) is then isolated by well known methods, for example, th~ solvent is eYaporated, the residue 15 contacted with water and the precipitated product is filtered, recrystallized and dried. The reaction is illustrated as follows:
Y1~ ~CN1 2 yl ~ N
ll+ N~2c-NR R ~ ll l y2 ~ ~NH2 NHy2~ ~ N~ NRlR2 ~XIV) (I) The guanidine starting materials are prepared by methods well known in the art. For example, the amine of formula RlR2NH is reacted with cyano~en bromide to form the corresponding N-cyano-compound which, in turn, is reacted with hydroxylamine, followed by catalytic hydrogenation using the methods and conditions of Carrington, Jour~ Chem S ., London, 2527 (1955) for the conversion of anthranilonitrile into 2-aminobenzamidine.
-- ~14654~
Variations of the above method can also be carried out employing either of the following starting materials in place of the 2-aminobenzonitrile tXIV).
~ or ~
The 2-chlorobenzonitriles are obtained, for example, by diazotization of (XIV) in the presence of cuprous chloride. The 2-aminobenzamidines are obtained, for example, by the method of Carrington, above.
5. 2-Chloro-4-alkoxy-7,8-disubstituted quinazolines, which are prepared by methods described by Curd et al., Jour. Chem. Soc., 775 (1947) for the isomeric 2-chloro-4-alXoxy-6,7-disubstituted quinazolines, can be reacted with an amine, RlR2NH, to obtain the corresponding 2-aminoquinazolines. The 4-al~oxy substituent is then replaced by NH2 by reaction with ammonia as described above for the 4-chloro compounds of formula (XXIX). This reaction sequence is exemplified below for a 2-chloro-4 ethoxyquinazoline starting material.
Yl ~ 1 2 ~ RIR
NH
3 ~ (I) yl~ y2~ y3~ Rl and R2 are as previously defined.
The 4-thioalkylquinazolines corresponding to the above 4-alkoxy compounds can also be employed as starting materials in this sequence.
:
~654fi
Yl ~ 1 2 ~ RIR
NH
3 ~ (I) yl~ y2~ y3~ Rl and R2 are as previously defined.
The 4-thioalkylquinazolines corresponding to the above 4-alkoxy compounds can also be employed as starting materials in this sequence.
:
~654fi
6. The compounds of the invention are also provided by methods disclosed in U.S. 3,935,213 for prazosin, trimazosin and analogs thereof as set forth below where yl~ y2~ y3~ Rl and R2 are as previously defined;
NH
yl~ + AlNRlR2 N 2 y2~N NRlR
y3 y3 A1 is selected from the group consisting of CN and C(=NH)XR3 wherein X is 0 or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms; and Q is CN or -C(=NH)NH2.
Preferably the reaction is carried out in the presence of from about 0.5 to 5 molar equivalents of a basic catalyst, e.q., sodium hydride, potassium ethoxide or triethylamine, and at a temperature in the ran~e of from about-50 to 180C. The products of formula (I) are is~lated by well known methods, for example, those described in ~.S. 3,935,213.
NH
yl~ + AlNRlR2 N 2 y2~N NRlR
y3 y3 A1 is selected from the group consisting of CN and C(=NH)XR3 wherein X is 0 or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms; and Q is CN or -C(=NH)NH2.
Preferably the reaction is carried out in the presence of from about 0.5 to 5 molar equivalents of a basic catalyst, e.q., sodium hydride, potassium ethoxide or triethylamine, and at a temperature in the ran~e of from about-50 to 180C. The products of formula (I) are is~lated by well known methods, for example, those described in ~.S. 3,935,213.
7. Compounds of formula (I) are also obtained by employing the appropriate starting material of formula (XIV) in the process described in Belgian Patent No. 861,821 and No. 861,822 for synthesis of prazosin. The method is outlined in Scheme II. The o-aminobenzonitrile (XIV) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as defined above is reacted with at least an equimolar amount of thiophosgene in a reaction inert organic solvent, e.q., 1,2-dichloroethane. To the mixture is added a base, e.q. calcium car~onata, water and .
1~4654~
S cheme I I
CSC12 ~CN RlR2NH>
.,' y NH2 y2 ~--NCS
~XIV) (XV~
yl~fN 1 CH3I yl~f CN
Y ~ NRCNRlR2 y2~ SCH
(XVI) (XVII}
_~ yl~
y2 ~ RlR2 (I) -. - 114~54~
the mixture stirred typically at about 0-5C., then waxmed to about room temperature until reaction is substantially complete. The o-isothiocyanatobenzo-nitrile (XV) produced is isolated in crude form for use in the next step. The intermediate (XV), dissolved in a reaction inert organic solvent, typically ethyl acetate, is contacted with the amine of formula RlR2NH, where Rl and R2 are as defined above, at a temperature below 0C., preferably at about -30 to -5C. to obtain the o-thioureidobenzonitrile (XVI). This is then contacted with a methylating asent, for example methyl iodide or methyl bromider and the resulting S-methyl hydrohalide salt treated with a mild base to obtain the S-methylthioformamidate of formula (XVII) which is cyclized by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide to provide the desired compounds of formula (I). Preferred polar solvents for the cyclization are formamide or N,N-dimethylformamide. Also preferred for the finalstep are use of from 1 to 3 equivalents of alkali metal amide, especially sodium amide and a temperature of from about 100 to 150C.
1~4654~
S cheme I I
CSC12 ~CN RlR2NH>
.,' y NH2 y2 ~--NCS
~XIV) (XV~
yl~fN 1 CH3I yl~f CN
Y ~ NRCNRlR2 y2~ SCH
(XVI) (XVII}
_~ yl~
y2 ~ RlR2 (I) -. - 114~54~
the mixture stirred typically at about 0-5C., then waxmed to about room temperature until reaction is substantially complete. The o-isothiocyanatobenzo-nitrile (XV) produced is isolated in crude form for use in the next step. The intermediate (XV), dissolved in a reaction inert organic solvent, typically ethyl acetate, is contacted with the amine of formula RlR2NH, where Rl and R2 are as defined above, at a temperature below 0C., preferably at about -30 to -5C. to obtain the o-thioureidobenzonitrile (XVI). This is then contacted with a methylating asent, for example methyl iodide or methyl bromider and the resulting S-methyl hydrohalide salt treated with a mild base to obtain the S-methylthioformamidate of formula (XVII) which is cyclized by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide to provide the desired compounds of formula (I). Preferred polar solvents for the cyclization are formamide or N,N-dimethylformamide. Also preferred for the finalstep are use of from 1 to 3 equivalents of alkali metal amide, especially sodium amide and a temperature of from about 100 to 150C.
8. In U.S. 4,138,561 a novel process for preparing prazosin and trimazosin is disclosed. This method is also suitable for preparation of the compounds of the present invention as shown below.
-- ~1465~
Scheme III
yl CSC12 ~ RlR NH ~ Y ~
y3 St 2~ NCS Y ~HCSNRl R2 ~ XXXI II ) ( XXXIV ) I XXXV ) Y4X4yl~ ~ NH2CN yl~
1 1 4 ~ NHCN
y2~~ NH=CNR1R Y~N=CNRlE~2 Y ~ X4~3, y3 ( XXXVI ) ( XXXVI I ) CYclizinq Aqent ~ (I ) 11465g~
~he starting materials of formula (XXXIII) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as previously defined are known compounds [see, for example, Gibson et a~., J. Chem. Soc., 111, 79 ~1917); Munavalli et al., _ _ Bull. Soc. Chim., France, 3311 (1966); Chem. Abstr., 66, 46303s (1967); and German Offenlegllngsschrit 1,959,57~; Chem. Abstr., 75, 63397d (1971)~ The starting material (XXXIII) is converted to the isothiocyanate (XXXIV) as described above or inter-mediate (XV) and this is reacted with an amine RlR2NH wherein Rl and R2 are as defined a~ove ~o provide the substituted thiourea (XXXV) by the method described above for intermediate (XVI). The intermediate (XXXV), in turn, is reacted with a~
alkylating agent, Y4X4 to obtain an intermediate of formula (XXXVI) in which Y4 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or an aryl derivative containing electron withdrawing groups, for example, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, and X4 is a member selected from the group Cl, Br, I, alkyl-SO4 having from one to four carbon atomS~ C6H552~ F3CS2 and FS~3- An especially preferred alkylating agent, Y4X4, is methyl iodide. Alternatively, as disclosed in U.S.
4,138,561, phosgene may ~e used in the first step in the above reaction sequence of Scheme III, wherein each of the intermediates (XXXIV) to ~XXXVI) is the corresponding compound in which an atom of oxygen replaces the sulfur atom shown therein. The inter-mediate of formula (XXXVI) is then reacted wtih cyanamide to provide the corresponding carboxamidine intermediate of formula (XXXVII).
' ~ ,.J
1~46546 Alkylation of thiourea derivatives (XXXV) and subsequent reaction with cyanamide is normally carried out in a reaction inert organic solvent.
Suitable solvents include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl sulfoxide, and the alkanols havin~ from one to five carbon atoms. These reactions are preferably carried out at a temperature of from about ~5 to 100C. for a period of about 0.5 to 24 hours. The intermediate of formula (XXXVII~ may also be obtained by alternate procedures described in ~.S. 4,138,561 The conversion of carboxamidine intermediates (XXXVTI) to the desired quinazolines of formula (I) is carried out by reaction with cyclizing reagents such as phosphorus trichloride or phosphorus pentachloride in a solvent amount of phosphorus oxychloride~
Other phosphorus halides and phosphorus oxyhalides such as phosphorus tribromide and phosphorus pentabromide in a solvent amount of phosphorus oxybromide may be employed. The ring closure may also be carried out by reacting tne intermediate (XXXVII) with acidic reagents such as aqueous hydrogen chloride, hydrogen chloride in phosphorus oxychloride, trichloroacetic acid or Lewis acid catalysts such as ZnCl2, FeCl3, AlC13, AlBr3, and the like.
With respect to carrying out the reaction with phosphorus halides, approximately equimolar amounts of the carboxamidine (XXXVII) and phosphorus halides are employed with a convenient amount of phosphorus oxyhalide relative to the amount of starting material (XXXVII). The term "solvent amount" as used herein refers to a quantity of phosphorus oxychloride or phosphorous oxybromide sufficient to provide good mixing and handling characteristics with respect to the reaction mixtures. For this purpose a ratio of from about 2 to 15 ml. of the phosphorus oxyhalide 1~4654~
~or each gram of carboxamidine reactant of formula (XXXVII) is generally preferred.
Commonly used temperatures.for carrying out the cyclization reaction range from about 25 to 125C.
~ith a preferred temperature of from about 70 to 100C. As will be appreciated by those s~illed in the art, reaction tLmes and conditions required for cyclization of intermediates (XXXVII) to form the desired products of formula ~I) vary according to several factors such as temperature and reaction time. For example, at lower temperatures, longer reaction periods are needed, while at higher tempera-tures, the cyclization reaction is completed in a shorter time. Reaction periods of from about O.S to 24 hours can be used, however a period of from about 1 to 3 hours is preferred at the above mentioned preferred reaction temperatures. .
The required starting materials of formula ~IX) for the procedure of Scheme I, above are obtained by the reaction sequences illustrated in Schemes IV, V
and VI below, for the case where R is C~3.
,, 11~6546 Scheme IV
Vanillin ~CHO ~HO ~HO
- CH3COO No2 HO No2 (IV) (V) (VI) 3 CHO ~ OOH ~ COOH
C 3 ~ 02 ~C~3 3 ~ ~H2 (VII) (VIII) (IXa, R = ~H3) Cl COO~
1. Esterification 2. S02C12 CH3 ~ ~H2 3. Hydrolysis CH3 (IXb, R = CH3) In the reaction schemes above and below, for the sake of convenience, the lower case letters a, b and c are used after the Roman numerals for the compounds shown to denote the following:
a. yl = H, y2 = y3 = OR where R is al.lcyl having from one to three carbon atoms.
1 2 Y3 = OR R is as defined above.
c. yl = Cl, y2 = OR as defined above, Y3 = H.
11465~i~
Scheme V
1. HN02 ~H2 2. CuCN ~' ~CN ~fN Cl~,C21 CH3 N02 C 3 N02 CH30~H2CH30 H;~
(XVIII) (XIX) (XX) (XIVc, Cl~COOH
CH30~H2 (IXc, ~ CH3 ~,COOH ~ COOH R = 5H~ ) CH30 N02 C~30 2 3 2 (XXIIII (XXI) (XXIII
~14~;5~
Scheme VI
~ 2 ~ H~__ ~ NH2 CH3 OCH3 CH3 ~ CH3 NO2 (XXV) (XXVI) (XXVII~
1. HN02 ~ CN Cl~ C~
2. CuCN I 11 ~ ~ ~T - (IXb, R = C.H3) CH 3 ~o 2 C~ 3 ~C~ NH 2 (XXVIlI) (XIVb, ~ = CH3) (XIVa, R I CH3) (IXa, R = CH3) In the reaction Qequence of Scheme IV vanillin is acetylated with, for example acetic anhydride or acetyl chloride by well known methods and the acetylated intermediate nitrated to obtain 4-acetoxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (V). The acetyl group i3 removed by hydrolysis, for example by treatment with an aqueous strong base such as sodium hydroxide, followed by acidification to provide the 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde intermediate of formula (VI). This intermediate is then alkylated with one of the well known alkylating agents commonly employed for the conversion of phenolic groups to the corres-ponding alkyl ethers. Examples of such alkylating agents are dimethylsulfate, diethyl sulfate, methyl bromide, n-propyl iodide and ethyl iodide. In the ~146S4~
case illustrated in Scheme IV a methylating agent is employed to pro~ide 3,4-dimeth~xy-2-nitrabenzaldehyde, (VII). Compounds in w~ich the two ether groups are different are obta~ned by use of, for example, diethyl sulfate or n-propyl iodide as the alkylating agent. When ethyl vanillin or n-propyl vanillin are employed in place of vanillin as starting material in this reaction sequence the corresoonding compounds are likewise obtained wherein t~e corresoonding alkoxy groups are 4,5-diethoxy, 4,5-dipropoxy, 4-ethoxy-5-methoxy, 4-ethoxy-5-n-propoxy, 4-n-proproxy-S-methoxy and 4-n-propoxy-5-ethoxy.
The dialkoxy intermediate of formula VII, e.g., is then oxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acid. ~hile a wide variety of oxidizing agents and conditions are known in the art to bring about oxidation of aromatic aldehydes to the corresponding carboxylic acids, preferred oxidizing conditions are those employing potassium permanganate in aqueous acetone at the reflux temperature of the mixture.
The 2-nitro-4,5-dialkoxy-benzoic acid intermediate, e.g. the compound of formula (VIII) is isolated by known means and reduced to the corresponding 2-amino acid, for example, the compound of ~ormula (I~a, R =
CH3), by well known means, e.g. by catalytic hydrogenation employing a noble metal hydrogenation catalyst.
preferred catalyst is palladium.
~'' ;
.il46S4~
The intermediate of formula (IXa) is useful as a starting material in the reaction sequence shown in Scheme I, a~ove, to provide the corresponding invention compounds of formula (Ia) or (IIIa).
Alternatively, as shown in Scheme IV, the intermediates ~IXa) serve as a starting material for the corresponding 5-chloro intermediates of formula (IXb). The carboxylic acid is first esteri~ied to form an alkyl ester, e.g. the methyl or ethyl ester, by well known means.
The ester is then chlorinated employing, for example chlorine or sulfuryl chloriae and the latter reagent is preferred for ~easons of efficiency and ease of handling. Typically a slight molar excess, e.g. a 20% molar exces~, of sulfuryl chloride is added to a cooled solution of the intermediate carboxylate ester of the acid IIXa) in a chlorinated hydrocarbo~
solvent, e.g. chloroform, methylene chloride or 1,2-dichloroethane, the resulting mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature, then heated at reflux until reaction is substantially complete, e.g. from one hour to 24 hours. The crude 5-chloro ester i5 then hydrolyzed, e.g. by means of sodium hydroxide as descri~ed above to provide the carresponding 5-chloro acid of formula (IXb).
The starting 5-chloro-5-alkoxyanthranilic acids of formula lIXc) are obtained as shown in Scheme V.
4-Methoxy-2-nitroaniline (XVIII) is treated with sodium nitrite in concentrated hydrochloric acid under conditions well known to those skilled in the art, to form an intermediate diazonium salt to which is then added an aqueous solution containing an equimolar amount of cuprous cyanide and a molar excess, typically a 50% excess, of potassium cyanide while warming the reaction mixture on a steam bath.
The product 4-cyano-3-nitroanisole (XIX) is then --- 1146S4~
isolated and then hydrolyzed, e.g. in the presence of aqueous sulfuric or hydrochloric acid to obtain the carboxylic acid of formula (XXI). This, in turn, is hydrogenated as described above ~or the conversion of compound (VIII) to IIXa) to provide 4-S methoxy anthranilic acid (XXII) and the latterchlorinated to provide the desired compound ~IXc, R = CH3) employing the conditions described above for the conversion of compounds of formula ~IXa) to 5-chloro compounds (IXb1.
As shown in Scheme V, other synthetic routes may be employed to provide the desired starting material of formula (IXc). In one such alternate method the 4~cyano-3-nitroanisole (XIX) is hydrogenated as previously defined for conversion of compound (VIII) to compound (IXa) to provide the aminonitrile of formula (XX). This is chlorinated as described above for the conversion of compounds (IXa) to (IXb) and the resulting 5-chloro nitrile ~XIVc, R = CH3) ~s hydrolyzed as described for the preparation of compound (XXI) from nitrile (XIX), to provide the desired compound ~IXc, R ~ CH3).
Another route shown in Scheme V involves oxidation of the starting material 4-methyl-3-nitroanisole with potassium permanganate to provide the intermediate (XXI) which is converted to compound (IXc) as pxeviously described.
As will be obvious to those skilled in the art when the methoxy group present in the starting materials of formula (XVIII~ and (XXIII) employed in Scheme V is replaced by an ethoxy or n-propoxy group, the corresponding compounds of formula (IXc) are obtained wherein R is C2~5 or n-C3H7, respectively.
114654~
Similarly, replacement of either one or both of the methoxy groups present in the starting material of formula ~XXV) employed in Scheme VI by ethoxy or n-propoxy provides the corresponding compounds of formula (IXa) or (IXb).
J The starting materials of formula (XIV) employed in the reaction sequence illustrated in Scheme II
for the preparation of the compounds of the invention, are prepared as shown in Scheme V for compound~
(XIVc) and in Scheme VI for compounds (XIVa) and ~XIVb), and as described above.
Many of the requisite amines of formula RlR2NH
wherein Rl and R2 are as previously defined are known compounds, see for example, the references mentioned above as prior art. Those that are new are prepared by methods which will be apparent to those sXilled in the art. For example, the amines of formula r (CH2)a ~
E~N CEIOR6 ~(C~12)n~
where a is 1, 2, or 3, n is 2, or 3 and R6 is as defined above are obtained by reacting the appropriate corresponding N-protected amine wherein ~6 is hydrogen with, for example, a compound of the formula (R6)'-~al where (R )' has any of the values assigned above for R6 except hydrogen and ~al is Cl, Br, I or other ~nown leaving groups such as S03C~3. The reactionis typically carried out employing an equimolar amount of a metal hydride, fcr example sodium hydride and in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, e.g. dimethylformamide. The N-protecting group is then removed to provide the desired amine of the above formula. Typically, protecting groups such as acetyl or benzyl are employed. The former being removed by hydrolysis and the latter by catalytic hydrogenation, e.g., employing a palladium catalyst.
~ ~14654~
Alternatively, the above compounds wherein R6 contains an ether moiety can be obtained by the reaction sequence below which illustrates the prepara-tion of 4-(ethoxy-n-propoxy)piperidine.
OH
NaH OCH~CH=CH2 ~N J 2 CH-cH2Br DMF
Ac N
~13 Ethanol, Hg(OAc32 OcH2cHocx2cH3 (23 NaB~4~ ~aOH ~ C 3 N
Many of the requisite amines of formula f(C~2)a\ 7 ~N CHR ~--(XXXVIII) - ~C~23/
wherein a, n and R7 are as defined above are known compounds. Those that ~re not known are prepared by well known methods. For example, the R7-substituted piperidines may be obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of the corresponding R7-substituted pyridines. The cyclic amines of the above ~ormula wherein R7 is alkyl ha~ing from one to six carbon atoms are provided by reacting the appropriate N-prote~ted aminoketone with an alkyl Grignard reagent, for example, as outlined below.
~14654 6 52 ~ ~O ~ R MgBr~ C6H5cH2N >~OH
( CII2 ) m ~ 2 ) n f ( C~2 ) a~
catalyst El~_ CHR7 ( C~2 ) n~
~he catalytic hydro~enolysis of the tertiary hydroxy group is often facilitated by prior acetylation.
The desired cyclic amir~es wherein R7 is hydroxy~
alkyl having fxom two to five carbon atoms are o~tained, ~or example by methods outlined below.
C6H5cH2N ~ ~ CEMgBr ~ C~2--CH-Rlo (C~2)n (Rla = ~ or Cl-C3 alkyl) C6H5cH2N ~ ~ CH-CH2C~-R10 ~ HN ~ 2 a\
(C~2)n OH (C~2)n OH
(CH2)a 6 5CH2N~ ~C=O + C6H5c~20clH(cH-)uMgBr (CH2)n RllR12 Rll and R12 are each ~ or alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, u is 1 to 4 ~(CH2)a OH
c6H5cH2N , ~ uf 2 6 5 2 ( ~2)n 12 Rll catalyst (C~2)a C~ ( ICH ) U7HOH
(CH2) R12 ~11 ~1~654~
The compounds of formula ~XXXVIII ) wherein R7 is hydroxymethyl are obtained b~ e.g. lithium aluminum hydride reduction of the corresponding aldehydes or carboxylic acid esters.
The compounds of formula IXXXVIII) wherein R7 is R C6H4tC~2)8 wherein g is 0 or l and R8 is as previously defined may also be obtained via a Grignard reaction as shown ~elow, for example.
~( CH2 ) a C6~5C~12N ~ ~C=O t R3C6~4 ( CR2 ) qMgBr - -2)n C6HscH2N ~ ~ C ~ _ (C~2)qC6H4R8 l. A~etylation (C~2~n 2- lI2, Pd/C
~C~2 ) qC6114R8 CE~
2 ~ ~. 2)n N
The starting materials of formula (XXXVIII) wherein R7 is R8C6~4CO may be obtained, for example, by ~riedel-Crafts acylation of R8C6~5 by an N-protected carboxylic acid halide as illustratedbelow.
CH3CON ~C~COCl + R8C6~s -- _ CH3CON ~CHCOC6H4R8 C~2)n (CR2)n 2 (CH
. _~ ~ 2 a~
H~ or OH HN CHCOC6H4R8 (CH2)n 654f~
The piperidine derivatives of the latter formula are also obtained by employing the corresponding pyridine car~oxylic acid halides and compound of formula R8C6H5 in the Friedel-Crafts acylation followed by hydrogenation of the pyridine moiety.
The cyclic aminocarboxylic acid precursors of the above N-protected cyclic aminoacid halides are either readily available or may be obtained by the well known Dieckmann reaction followed by hydrolysis and decarboxylation of the resulting alpha-keto-ester to provide a cyclic Xetone intermediate which can be con~erted to the desired carboxylic acid by a ~ariety of methods, e.g.
~(c~2)a-co2c2~5 ~ X2)~\ ~H]
R13N\ 1. NaOC2H5 R13N f ,o -( 2)n C2c2H5 2- H2O, NaOH~ (CH2)n ~ ~C~2) \ 1. ~Br ~(CH2) 5 R13N ~ ~ 2- Mg, ~ 3N~ / CHCOOH -- -lC~2?~ 3. C02 (C~2)n ~(C~2)a\
EN CHCOOH
~C~2)a In the above reaction sequence a and n are as defined above and R13 is a suitable amino protecting group, e.g. benzyl or acetyl. As wiLl be recognized by one skilled in the art, in the above reaction sequence when R13 is benzyl the ketone reduction step is preferably carried out by a metal hydride, e.g. sodium borohydride or lithium aluminum hydride, and removal of the benzyl group is accomplished by hydrogenolysis.
Use of a longer chain R13-protected iminodicarboxy-late esters in the above Diec~mann reaction can be employed to provide the corresponding R13-protected amino ketones of the formula ~14654~
~CC ~ la+p R13N\ ~C_O
CC~2~n 1 which upon ~olf-Kishner reduct;on and deprotection J pro~ides starting materIals of formula CC~la ~IN\ J:CH2 ~ p CC~I2 ~ n 5 where a, n and p are as defined above.
The antihypertensi~e activity of the compounds of the invention is shown ~y their ability to lower the blood pressure of conscious spontaneously hyper-tensi~e rats and conscious renally hypertensive dogs, 10 when admiAistered orally at doses of up to 30 mg./kg.
For ingtance, 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl~piperazin-l-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, a typical and preferred compound of the invention, has ~een found to lower blood pressure 15 in renally hypertensi~e dogs to a statistically signi-ficant degree, e. ~., when this compound is administered orally at doses as low as 0.2 mg./kg., it effected a decrease of 30 mm. Hg after 4 hours with no significant change in heart rate or other side effect. Similarly, 20 at the same dosage 2-~4-(~-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-ylo~ycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline, a particularly preferred compound of the in~ention, caused a reduction of 40mm. ~g after one hour which increased only by 20 mm. Hg 6 hours after 25 administration; and another particularly preferred compound: 2-r4- ~-furoyl~ piperazinyl]-4-~mlno-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline effected a reduction in blood pressure of 4Q mm. Hg which increased by only 6S4~
5 mm. Xg six hours after the oral dose (0.2 m~./hg.1 had been administered. Again, no significant heart rate change or other unwanted side effect was noted with the latter two compounds.
In addition to their useful antihypertensive ac-tivity, the compounds of the invention also demonstrate activity in standard tests designed to show vasodllator activity, antiglaucoma activity and utility in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
The compounds of the invention can be administered alone, but wilt generally be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. For example, they can be administered orally in the form of tablets containing such excipients as starch or lactose, or in capsules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs or suspensions containing flavorinq or coloring agents. They can be injected parenterally, for example, intramuscularly, intravenously or sub-cutaneously. Por parenteral administration, they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which can contain other solutes, for example, enough salt or glucose to make the solution isotonic. For treatment of glaucoma, they can be administered topically as well as by the above mentioned routes of administra-tion. For topical application, a compound of the in-vention is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptabte liquid carrier or solvent such as water, a glycol or mixtures thereof, and toxi-city adjustors, preservatives and buffers added as required. The resulting solution or dispersion is then sterilely filtered and used to fill sterile bottles.
~6546 The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the formula (I~ or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compounds of the invention can be administered to humans for the treatment of hypertension or congestive heart failure by eithex the oral or parenteral routes, and may be administered orally at dosage levels approxi-mately within the range 1 to S00 mg.iday for an averageadult patient (70 kg.), given in a single dose or up to 3 divided doses. Intravenous dosage levels would be expected to be about one-half to one-tenth of the daily oral dose. Thus for an average adult patient, lndividual lS oral doses in the tablet or capsule rorm will be approximately in the range from O.i to 250 mg. of the active compound. ~Jariations will necessarily occur depending on the weight and condition of the subject being treated and the particular route of adminlstration chosen as will be known to those skilled in the art.
The invention yet further provides a method of treating an animal, including a human being, having hypertension, which comprises administering to the animal an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof or pharmaceutical composition as defined above.
The following Examples illustrate the invention.
--~ IL1 4654fi 7,8-Dimethoxy~uinazoline-2,4~dione (Xa~
Acetic acid (177~4 ml., 3.1 moles~ was added to a vigorously stirred suspension of 3,4-dimethoxy-anthranilic acid (436.5 g., 2.21 moles) in 10 liters / of water. Then 2~24 liters of 20~ potassium cyanate (5.53 moles) solution was gradually added and the mixture was stirre~ for one hour at 40Cr After cooling the reaction mixture to 20C.t 3~54 kg. sodium hydroxide pellets were added maintaining the temperature below 40C. The reaction mixture was heated to 90C.
for 45 minutes and then slowly cooled in an ice bath.
The sodium salt of the product was filtered, resuspended in 6 liters of water, acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid (370 ml.), cooled and filtered to yield 404 grams ~82%) of the product. Recrystalliza-tion from dimethylformamide gave colorless crystals, M.P. 314-6C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloHloN204: C, 54.05;
~, 4.~4; N, 12.61.
Found: C, 53.96; H, 4.57t N, 12.63.
2,4-Dichloro-?,a-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIa) A mixture of 7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione (400 g., 1080 ~oles), phosphorous pentachloride l750 g., 3.60 moles) and phosphorous oxychloride (4 liters) was refluxed under nitrogen for three hours. Phosphorus oxychloride (POC13) was removed in vacuo and residual POC13 was removed as an azeotrope with toluene. The solid residue was slurried in eight liters of dichloro-methane and the slurry slowly added to ice-cold H20.
The suspension was stirred and unreacted starting material (54.0 g.) was filtered off. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solution was concentrated and then 4 liters of hexane was slowly added. Upon cooling, a 1146S4fi pale yellow product (346 g., 80.4%) was collected by ~iltration and recrystallized from toluene/ether, M.P. 153-5C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloH8C12N2O2: C, 46.35;
H, 3.11; N, 10.81.
Found: C, 46.14; H, 3.33; N, 10.60.
EXAMPL~ 3 2-Chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIIa) Ammonia was passed into a solution of 2,4-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline t287 g., 1.11 moles) in tetrahydrofuran (6 liters) for five hours at room temperature. After stirring an additional hour the suspension was concentrated in vacuo to 2 liters and filtered. The solid was suspended in 2 liters of water, filtered, washed with water and cold methanol. Recrystallization from dimethylformamide/
water yielded 164 g. ~62%) of pure product, M.P.
300~. (dec.).
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloHloClN3O2: C, 50.11;
H, 4.21; N, 17.53.
Found: C, 50.07; H, 4.24; N, 17.58.
When the appropriate starting material selected from those pro~ided in Preparation I are employed in place of 3,4-dimethoxyanthranilic acid in the procedure of Example 1 and in each case the resulting product carried thorough the procedures of Examples 2 and 3, the following compounds are provided in a like manner.
., .
~14~iS4fi Y ~3 ~ Cl y2 y3 n-C3H7 _ 3 7 3 7 C~30 C2~5o CH30 _ 3H70 C2H50 2 4-(2-Furoyl)piperazine-l-yl~-4-amino-7t8-d ethox~quinazoline hydrochloride . A mixture of 2-chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline (3.00 g., 12.5 mmoles) and 1-(2-furoyl)-piperazine (2,71 g., 15.0 mmoles) was refluxed in 80 ml. isoamyl alcohol for two hours and then cooled in an ice-bath. The resulting white product was collected by filtration and recrystallized from methanol/ether to yield 4.53 g. (79~) of pure final product, M.P.
251C. The water solubility was found to be 20 mg./ml.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for ClgH21N504.ECl: C, 54.35; ~, 5.28; N, 16.68.
Found: C, 54.14; H, 5.21; N, 16.42.
EXA~PLE 5 A. 6-Chloro-7,8-dimethoxvquinazoline-2,4-dione ~Xb) Acetic acid (10.5 g., 0.175 mole) was added ~o a vigorously stirred suspension of 5-chloro-3,4-dimethoxy-anthranilic acid (Z8.9 g., 0.125 mole) in 600 ml.
J water. Then 506 ml. 5% potassium cyanate (O.312 mole~ soiution was gradually added and stirred 1 hour at 40C. After cooling the reaction mixture to 20C., 175 g. (4.37 moles) of sodium hydroxide pellets 10 were added while maintaining the temperature below 40C. The reaction mixture was heated to 90C. for 45 minutes. ~pon cooling in an ice bath, the sodium ~alt of the product precipitated, was filtered, resuspended in 125 ~1. water, acidified with concentra~ed 15 hydrochloric acid, cooled and filtered to yield 25.8 g. (80~) of colorless, pure product, M.P. 272-3C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for Clo~gClN2O4: C, 46.79;
H, 3.53; N, 10.92.
Found: C, 46.87; H, 3.60; N, 10.90.
20 B. 6 Chloro-7-methoxvquinazoline-2,4-dione ~XVIII) Similarly, 6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline-2,4-d~one was prepared from 5-chloro-4-methoxyanthranilic acid in 83% yield, M.P. 356-8C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CgH7ClN2O3 C, 47.70;
H, 3.11; N, 12.36.
Found: C, 47.72; ~, 3.44; N, 12.27 -- ~14654~i .
EXAMP~E 6 A. 2,4 t 6-Trichloro-7,8-dimethoxyq_~nazoline (XIb) A mixture of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione (25.5 g., 0.099 mole), phosphorous penta-S chloride (41.4 g., 0.199 mole) and 300 ml. phosphorous J oxychloride was refluxed under nitrogen for three hours. Phosphorous oxychloride was removed Ln vacuo and residual POC13 was azeotroped with toluene. The reddish-orange solid was dissolved in 200 ml. dichloro-methane and the solution was slowly added to ice-cold water. After stirring for 10 minutes the organic layer was separated, washed with water, and dried over sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated and 150 ml. hexane was added slowly to precipitate the product as a pale yellow solid which was recyrstallized from toluene~ether to afford 18.0 g. ~62% yield), M.P., 154-5C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloR7C13N2O2: C, 40.91;
R, 2.40; N, 9.55.
20 Found: C, 41.05; R, 2.48; N, 9.61.
B. 2~4,6-Trichloro-7-methoxv ~ zoline (XIX) Refluxing 6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione with PC15 in POC13 as described above afforded 2,4,6-trichloro-7-methoxyquinazoline in 74% yield, 25 M.P., 150-2C.
Analysis, Percent Cald. for CgH5C13N2O: C, 41.02;
R, 1.91; N, 10.63.
Found: C, 40.90; R, 2.01; N, 10.54.
~1 4659~
. 2,6-Dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIIb) Ammonia was passed into a solution of 2,4,6-tri-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline ~31.4 g., 0.107 mole) in 650 ml. dry tetrahydrofuran for one hour at room temperature. After stirring for an additional hour, the suspension was concentrated in vacuo and filtered.
The solid was resuspended in water, flltered, washed with water and methanol. Recrystallization from dimethylformamide/water yielded 23.7 g. (81~) of the desired product, M.P., 360C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloH9C12N3O2: C, 43-82;
H, 3.31; N, 15.33.
Found: C, ~3.95; H, 3.53; N, 15.35.
B. 2,6-Dichloro-4-amino=7-methoxyquinazoline ~XX) Reaction of 2,4,6-txichloro-7-methoxyquinazollne with ammonia as descri~ed above afforded 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline as a white solid, M.P., 300C. in 58% yield.
20Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C9~7C12N3O: C, 44.28;
H, 2.89, N, 17.22.
Found: C, 44.12; H, 3.16; N, 17.19.
A. 2-[4-(2-Furoyl)~iperazine-l-yl]-4-ami~o-o-ohloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazol-ne hydrochloride (XIII~) A mixture of 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline (1.50 g., 5.47 mmole) and 1-(2-furoyl)-pipe-azine ~1.08 g., 5.99 mmole) T~as re~luxed in 40 ml. isoamyl alcohol for 2 hours and then cooled overnight. The resulting solid was filtered and recrystallized from methanol/ether to yield 1.83 ~.
(74~) of pure final product, M.?., 208-9C.
65~6 Analysis~ Percent Calcd. for C19~20clN5o4~Hcl 1/2.H o C, 49.25; ~, 4.79; N, 15.17.
Found: C, 49.03; H, 4.61; N, 15.35.
Water Solubility: 8 mg./ml.
B. 2-t4-(2-Furoyl)piPerazine- l-yl ] -4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hYdrochloride The title compound was prepared similarly by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline and 1-(2-furoyl)piperazine in isoamyl alcohol, M.P.
229-31~C., 79~ yiela.
Analysisj Percent Calcd. for C~ 8ClN~03.HCl.H20:
C, 48.88; ~, 4.79; N, 15.83.
Pound: C, 49.47; ~, i.70; N, 15.62.
Water Solubility: 5 mg./ml.
.. .
A. 2-MethYl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-Yl]piperazine-l-carboxYlate hYdrochloride A mixture of 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline ~1.50 g., 5.47 mmole) and 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.22 g., 6.03 mmole) was refluxed in 30 ml. methylisobutylketone for two days. The yellowish solid was filtered, resuspended in 40 ml. acetone and stirred for 15 minutes. The filtered solid was decolorized with charcoal and recrystallized twice from ethanol/ether to yield 1.47 g. ~57%) of final product, M.P., 211-3C.
465~
- ~8 -Analysis Percent Calcd. for ClgH26ClN505.HCl;
C, 47.90%; H, 5.50%; N, 14.70%:
Found: C, 47.70%; H, 5.74%; N, 14.36%:
Water Solubility: 35 mg./ml.
B. 2-Methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-t4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazolin-2-y~
piperazine-l-carboxy-late hydrochloride ~XXI, R ~ R =-COOCH2C~OH)(CH3_2~
The title compound was prepared similarly by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxy quinazoline and 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate in methyl isobutyl ketone for 4 days, M.P. 243-5C., 69% yield.
Analysis Percent Calcd. for C18H24ClN5O4.HCl.H20 C, 46.55%; H, 5.86%; N, 14.08%.
Found: C, 46.89%; H, 5.67%; N, 15.22%.
Water Solubility: 6 mg./ml.
C. 2-C4-(1,4-Benzodioxan-2-carbonyl)piperazin- 1- y~ -4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride The title compound was prepared by the procedure of Part A, above, by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline and N-(1,4-benzodioxan-2-carbonyl)-piperazine in methylisobutylketone, M.P. 194-196C.
When the appropriate N-substituted piperazine is employed in the procedure of Example 4 in place of 1-~2-furoyl)piperazine, the analogous products tabulated below are obtained as the hydrochloride salts except as otherwise noted.
:BI.
1~46S4~, . ~ . .., _ ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~ ~ ~ a U~ . . . . . . . .
Z ~ W U'~
.
U~x ~ ..
O ~; co O ~ ~: r` r` ~
~d dP U'~ D
O ~ ~ o~ co o ~ ~ ~
t.~ ~ ~ . v ~r ~ C~ o ~ C~ O ~ ~`I t~') ~ ~ ~ ~) ~) D . _ 3 ~ ~
~ .
~ ~ ~ . ~
~ c~ u o ~a ~r G O ~ ~
.rl _l~ O ~I O O ~ O
h :1 ~ ~n ~ n u~
~ ~ z z z z æ z ~ ~ ~4 ~ Ul U~ r~ ~ ~
æ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ o ~ al o ~
~ ~ . t~ V'l /Z _ . .
Z /
_~ Z ~ ~, o o a o o o C~ /~~ O ~
~ U2 _ C~ O Ul o ~
:~ . ~r ~ ~ ~ ~1 ,1 N t`l ~ r~
O U ~ U
_~ 5 3 C) _~ .~ ~ ~ ,., .. , :~
U~ C,) C) U C~ U
O O O O O O O
X O O O O O O O
W ~ U C.) C.) 54~
.__ Z a~
u~
. ~ _ r~ CO ~ Cr~
. ,e ~ tl~
_~ ~ o a~ o o~
~ ~ ~D cn ~ c~ ' a~ dP
_~ ~r ~ co co ~_ U~
C)~
O
U ~
,1 O O O
Q~ U~
o ~ s~ æ 3:
_~ _ a~ t~
~ ~ ~ r~ u~
~ ~ ~0 ~0~ O
~ o _, .
.
~ .
_~ U~ I
C~l I
_I E
U~ __ __ . o .
o C~ ~ I
~ UJ
P~
8 5 .. _._ N
0~
O U ~
_4 ^~
~ ~ U O
E u~ U ~:
x o 8 $
~ . c~
114654~
_ _ . . , ~D ~ N ~ co CO Q --i --I
" æ ~ t ~ t ~ t ~ N Cl- Cl) ~0 t~ ~0 U~ ~ O N
n~ P ~ t u~
~ C~ t~ o ~ ~ O
_I - N t'7 1 I C0 0~ D I ~ ~ I ~ N
W~ .
"t ~
u ~ .. _ 5. ~ c , t N10 I t - N N117 N N ~ I N 0 ~.
~0 ~ U~ - U~-_ _ ~ '' I t u~ , ,, I I
., COCO ~ ~o ~ , ~ ~ '' t ' ' I o I ' , o [3 e~ D Cz~ ~0 ~N D
,1 3 , =0 U=O y=O U=O .U=O V=O V=O U=O U=O
~ ..
~X ~ .
" 11~654~
, ~
~ O ~
~ o~
Z
dO CO Cl~
.U~ ~ ,~
Ul U~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o~ ~ ~
U~r o o ~ a~ r _1 _I O CO ~` O r~ !` ~O
I` O ~ ~ I`
~ ~) C~~P co o u~ In ~ ~ ~ r7 ~r u~
~ ..
_I . ..
;~
,~ ~
~ o C~ ~
~ . -C~
,1 o o o o o o ~ ~ U~ Ln U~ U~
o ,~ æ z o z z z T~
~ ~Lt~ ~ ~ ~ ~
s~ ~ ~ 3~
O ~ ~ O _I r~ O
C ~ ~~
~1 C) _~
_~ ~ U~ O If~ CO O
,,1 . O O ~ U~
5:~ ~ ~1 O
~) o COCO ~ I~
. II t) I
1~ 1 a) . o~ ~ co O .
t~ ~ -~ ~
O U~
O ~ ~ t~ _ _1 3 c~
e X ~"
~ X . .
114654fi .
-5~-2-~4-C2~Furoyl-homopIperazIne-l-yl~4~a~ino-7~8-_ imethoxyqu~n- l~ne hydroc~l-oride A. N~t2-Furoyl~omopiperazine S ~omop~perazine t70 g., Q,7Q molel ~n 160 ml. water was treated w~th 6N hydrochloric acid to adjust to pH 5.5 Furoyl chl~ride C79.5 g., ~.6Q molel and 25% r~wl aqueous sodium hyaroxide solut;on were added simulta-neo~sly to ma~nta~n a p~ of 4.5~5.5. Then additional sodium ~ydroxide was added to bring the mixture to p~ 9.5. The solution was extracted with chloroform, dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate and distilled to afford 63 g. of product, B.P. 124-130 C. at 10 mm.
B. 4-Amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy~uinazoline ~.76 g., lS 7.3 mole~, N-t2-furovl~homopiperazine (1.50 g., 7.7 ~ole) and 40 ml. of isoamyl alcohol were combined and the mixture heated at xeflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature t the mlxture was stirred for one hour, filtered and the pre-cipitated product washed with ether and recrystallizedfrom methanol/ether to afford 2.15 g. of the title compound, N.P. 182-183 C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C20H23N504.HC 2 C, 54.23; H, 5.69; N, 15.81.
Found: C, 53.84; ~, 5.40; N, 15.49.
The solubility in water was found to be 30 mg./ml.
~L146S4~
--s4--2-~4- ~-Tetrahydrofuro~lL~omopIperaz~n~l-yl~-4-amino-7,8-dLmethoxYquinazoll'ne ~droc~lor~de ~.
A, N~(:2-Tetrahydrofuroyl~omopipexazine S ~ Puro~ omopiperazrne ~3.0 g.L ~n 2Q0 ml, of ethanol was hydrogenated over 5% rhod~um-on-carbon cata-lyst at three atmosp~eres p~essure~ T~e cat~l~st was removed by filtrat~o~ and the product dist~lled to ~;ve the des;rea product, ~,P. 135 at 1 mm.
lQ B. 4-Amino-2-chloxo-7,8-dimet~oxyqu~nazol;ne t~lQ ~., 8.75 mmole~, N- ~-tetra~ydrofuroyllhomopiperaz~ne a . ~ g .,
-- ~1465~
Scheme III
yl CSC12 ~ RlR NH ~ Y ~
y3 St 2~ NCS Y ~HCSNRl R2 ~ XXXI II ) ( XXXIV ) I XXXV ) Y4X4yl~ ~ NH2CN yl~
1 1 4 ~ NHCN
y2~~ NH=CNR1R Y~N=CNRlE~2 Y ~ X4~3, y3 ( XXXVI ) ( XXXVI I ) CYclizinq Aqent ~ (I ) 11465g~
~he starting materials of formula (XXXIII) wherein yl~ y2 and Y3 are as previously defined are known compounds [see, for example, Gibson et a~., J. Chem. Soc., 111, 79 ~1917); Munavalli et al., _ _ Bull. Soc. Chim., France, 3311 (1966); Chem. Abstr., 66, 46303s (1967); and German Offenlegllngsschrit 1,959,57~; Chem. Abstr., 75, 63397d (1971)~ The starting material (XXXIII) is converted to the isothiocyanate (XXXIV) as described above or inter-mediate (XV) and this is reacted with an amine RlR2NH wherein Rl and R2 are as defined a~ove ~o provide the substituted thiourea (XXXV) by the method described above for intermediate (XVI). The intermediate (XXXV), in turn, is reacted with a~
alkylating agent, Y4X4 to obtain an intermediate of formula (XXXVI) in which Y4 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or an aryl derivative containing electron withdrawing groups, for example, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, and X4 is a member selected from the group Cl, Br, I, alkyl-SO4 having from one to four carbon atomS~ C6H552~ F3CS2 and FS~3- An especially preferred alkylating agent, Y4X4, is methyl iodide. Alternatively, as disclosed in U.S.
4,138,561, phosgene may ~e used in the first step in the above reaction sequence of Scheme III, wherein each of the intermediates (XXXIV) to ~XXXVI) is the corresponding compound in which an atom of oxygen replaces the sulfur atom shown therein. The inter-mediate of formula (XXXVI) is then reacted wtih cyanamide to provide the corresponding carboxamidine intermediate of formula (XXXVII).
' ~ ,.J
1~46546 Alkylation of thiourea derivatives (XXXV) and subsequent reaction with cyanamide is normally carried out in a reaction inert organic solvent.
Suitable solvents include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, dimethyl sulfoxide, and the alkanols havin~ from one to five carbon atoms. These reactions are preferably carried out at a temperature of from about ~5 to 100C. for a period of about 0.5 to 24 hours. The intermediate of formula (XXXVII~ may also be obtained by alternate procedures described in ~.S. 4,138,561 The conversion of carboxamidine intermediates (XXXVTI) to the desired quinazolines of formula (I) is carried out by reaction with cyclizing reagents such as phosphorus trichloride or phosphorus pentachloride in a solvent amount of phosphorus oxychloride~
Other phosphorus halides and phosphorus oxyhalides such as phosphorus tribromide and phosphorus pentabromide in a solvent amount of phosphorus oxybromide may be employed. The ring closure may also be carried out by reacting tne intermediate (XXXVII) with acidic reagents such as aqueous hydrogen chloride, hydrogen chloride in phosphorus oxychloride, trichloroacetic acid or Lewis acid catalysts such as ZnCl2, FeCl3, AlC13, AlBr3, and the like.
With respect to carrying out the reaction with phosphorus halides, approximately equimolar amounts of the carboxamidine (XXXVII) and phosphorus halides are employed with a convenient amount of phosphorus oxyhalide relative to the amount of starting material (XXXVII). The term "solvent amount" as used herein refers to a quantity of phosphorus oxychloride or phosphorous oxybromide sufficient to provide good mixing and handling characteristics with respect to the reaction mixtures. For this purpose a ratio of from about 2 to 15 ml. of the phosphorus oxyhalide 1~4654~
~or each gram of carboxamidine reactant of formula (XXXVII) is generally preferred.
Commonly used temperatures.for carrying out the cyclization reaction range from about 25 to 125C.
~ith a preferred temperature of from about 70 to 100C. As will be appreciated by those s~illed in the art, reaction tLmes and conditions required for cyclization of intermediates (XXXVII) to form the desired products of formula ~I) vary according to several factors such as temperature and reaction time. For example, at lower temperatures, longer reaction periods are needed, while at higher tempera-tures, the cyclization reaction is completed in a shorter time. Reaction periods of from about O.S to 24 hours can be used, however a period of from about 1 to 3 hours is preferred at the above mentioned preferred reaction temperatures. .
The required starting materials of formula ~IX) for the procedure of Scheme I, above are obtained by the reaction sequences illustrated in Schemes IV, V
and VI below, for the case where R is C~3.
,, 11~6546 Scheme IV
Vanillin ~CHO ~HO ~HO
- CH3COO No2 HO No2 (IV) (V) (VI) 3 CHO ~ OOH ~ COOH
C 3 ~ 02 ~C~3 3 ~ ~H2 (VII) (VIII) (IXa, R = ~H3) Cl COO~
1. Esterification 2. S02C12 CH3 ~ ~H2 3. Hydrolysis CH3 (IXb, R = CH3) In the reaction schemes above and below, for the sake of convenience, the lower case letters a, b and c are used after the Roman numerals for the compounds shown to denote the following:
a. yl = H, y2 = y3 = OR where R is al.lcyl having from one to three carbon atoms.
1 2 Y3 = OR R is as defined above.
c. yl = Cl, y2 = OR as defined above, Y3 = H.
11465~i~
Scheme V
1. HN02 ~H2 2. CuCN ~' ~CN ~fN Cl~,C21 CH3 N02 C 3 N02 CH30~H2CH30 H;~
(XVIII) (XIX) (XX) (XIVc, Cl~COOH
CH30~H2 (IXc, ~ CH3 ~,COOH ~ COOH R = 5H~ ) CH30 N02 C~30 2 3 2 (XXIIII (XXI) (XXIII
~14~;5~
Scheme VI
~ 2 ~ H~__ ~ NH2 CH3 OCH3 CH3 ~ CH3 NO2 (XXV) (XXVI) (XXVII~
1. HN02 ~ CN Cl~ C~
2. CuCN I 11 ~ ~ ~T - (IXb, R = C.H3) CH 3 ~o 2 C~ 3 ~C~ NH 2 (XXVIlI) (XIVb, ~ = CH3) (XIVa, R I CH3) (IXa, R = CH3) In the reaction Qequence of Scheme IV vanillin is acetylated with, for example acetic anhydride or acetyl chloride by well known methods and the acetylated intermediate nitrated to obtain 4-acetoxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (V). The acetyl group i3 removed by hydrolysis, for example by treatment with an aqueous strong base such as sodium hydroxide, followed by acidification to provide the 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde intermediate of formula (VI). This intermediate is then alkylated with one of the well known alkylating agents commonly employed for the conversion of phenolic groups to the corres-ponding alkyl ethers. Examples of such alkylating agents are dimethylsulfate, diethyl sulfate, methyl bromide, n-propyl iodide and ethyl iodide. In the ~146S4~
case illustrated in Scheme IV a methylating agent is employed to pro~ide 3,4-dimeth~xy-2-nitrabenzaldehyde, (VII). Compounds in w~ich the two ether groups are different are obta~ned by use of, for example, diethyl sulfate or n-propyl iodide as the alkylating agent. When ethyl vanillin or n-propyl vanillin are employed in place of vanillin as starting material in this reaction sequence the corresoonding compounds are likewise obtained wherein t~e corresoonding alkoxy groups are 4,5-diethoxy, 4,5-dipropoxy, 4-ethoxy-5-methoxy, 4-ethoxy-5-n-propoxy, 4-n-proproxy-S-methoxy and 4-n-propoxy-5-ethoxy.
The dialkoxy intermediate of formula VII, e.g., is then oxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acid. ~hile a wide variety of oxidizing agents and conditions are known in the art to bring about oxidation of aromatic aldehydes to the corresponding carboxylic acids, preferred oxidizing conditions are those employing potassium permanganate in aqueous acetone at the reflux temperature of the mixture.
The 2-nitro-4,5-dialkoxy-benzoic acid intermediate, e.g. the compound of formula (VIII) is isolated by known means and reduced to the corresponding 2-amino acid, for example, the compound of ~ormula (I~a, R =
CH3), by well known means, e.g. by catalytic hydrogenation employing a noble metal hydrogenation catalyst.
preferred catalyst is palladium.
~'' ;
.il46S4~
The intermediate of formula (IXa) is useful as a starting material in the reaction sequence shown in Scheme I, a~ove, to provide the corresponding invention compounds of formula (Ia) or (IIIa).
Alternatively, as shown in Scheme IV, the intermediates ~IXa) serve as a starting material for the corresponding 5-chloro intermediates of formula (IXb). The carboxylic acid is first esteri~ied to form an alkyl ester, e.g. the methyl or ethyl ester, by well known means.
The ester is then chlorinated employing, for example chlorine or sulfuryl chloriae and the latter reagent is preferred for ~easons of efficiency and ease of handling. Typically a slight molar excess, e.g. a 20% molar exces~, of sulfuryl chloride is added to a cooled solution of the intermediate carboxylate ester of the acid IIXa) in a chlorinated hydrocarbo~
solvent, e.g. chloroform, methylene chloride or 1,2-dichloroethane, the resulting mixture is allowed to warm to room temperature, then heated at reflux until reaction is substantially complete, e.g. from one hour to 24 hours. The crude 5-chloro ester i5 then hydrolyzed, e.g. by means of sodium hydroxide as descri~ed above to provide the carresponding 5-chloro acid of formula (IXb).
The starting 5-chloro-5-alkoxyanthranilic acids of formula lIXc) are obtained as shown in Scheme V.
4-Methoxy-2-nitroaniline (XVIII) is treated with sodium nitrite in concentrated hydrochloric acid under conditions well known to those skilled in the art, to form an intermediate diazonium salt to which is then added an aqueous solution containing an equimolar amount of cuprous cyanide and a molar excess, typically a 50% excess, of potassium cyanide while warming the reaction mixture on a steam bath.
The product 4-cyano-3-nitroanisole (XIX) is then --- 1146S4~
isolated and then hydrolyzed, e.g. in the presence of aqueous sulfuric or hydrochloric acid to obtain the carboxylic acid of formula (XXI). This, in turn, is hydrogenated as described above ~or the conversion of compound (VIII) to IIXa) to provide 4-S methoxy anthranilic acid (XXII) and the latterchlorinated to provide the desired compound ~IXc, R = CH3) employing the conditions described above for the conversion of compounds of formula ~IXa) to 5-chloro compounds (IXb1.
As shown in Scheme V, other synthetic routes may be employed to provide the desired starting material of formula (IXc). In one such alternate method the 4~cyano-3-nitroanisole (XIX) is hydrogenated as previously defined for conversion of compound (VIII) to compound (IXa) to provide the aminonitrile of formula (XX). This is chlorinated as described above for the conversion of compounds (IXa) to (IXb) and the resulting 5-chloro nitrile ~XIVc, R = CH3) ~s hydrolyzed as described for the preparation of compound (XXI) from nitrile (XIX), to provide the desired compound ~IXc, R ~ CH3).
Another route shown in Scheme V involves oxidation of the starting material 4-methyl-3-nitroanisole with potassium permanganate to provide the intermediate (XXI) which is converted to compound (IXc) as pxeviously described.
As will be obvious to those skilled in the art when the methoxy group present in the starting materials of formula (XVIII~ and (XXIII) employed in Scheme V is replaced by an ethoxy or n-propoxy group, the corresponding compounds of formula (IXc) are obtained wherein R is C2~5 or n-C3H7, respectively.
114654~
Similarly, replacement of either one or both of the methoxy groups present in the starting material of formula ~XXV) employed in Scheme VI by ethoxy or n-propoxy provides the corresponding compounds of formula (IXa) or (IXb).
J The starting materials of formula (XIV) employed in the reaction sequence illustrated in Scheme II
for the preparation of the compounds of the invention, are prepared as shown in Scheme V for compound~
(XIVc) and in Scheme VI for compounds (XIVa) and ~XIVb), and as described above.
Many of the requisite amines of formula RlR2NH
wherein Rl and R2 are as previously defined are known compounds, see for example, the references mentioned above as prior art. Those that are new are prepared by methods which will be apparent to those sXilled in the art. For example, the amines of formula r (CH2)a ~
E~N CEIOR6 ~(C~12)n~
where a is 1, 2, or 3, n is 2, or 3 and R6 is as defined above are obtained by reacting the appropriate corresponding N-protected amine wherein ~6 is hydrogen with, for example, a compound of the formula (R6)'-~al where (R )' has any of the values assigned above for R6 except hydrogen and ~al is Cl, Br, I or other ~nown leaving groups such as S03C~3. The reactionis typically carried out employing an equimolar amount of a metal hydride, fcr example sodium hydride and in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent, e.g. dimethylformamide. The N-protecting group is then removed to provide the desired amine of the above formula. Typically, protecting groups such as acetyl or benzyl are employed. The former being removed by hydrolysis and the latter by catalytic hydrogenation, e.g., employing a palladium catalyst.
~ ~14654~
Alternatively, the above compounds wherein R6 contains an ether moiety can be obtained by the reaction sequence below which illustrates the prepara-tion of 4-(ethoxy-n-propoxy)piperidine.
OH
NaH OCH~CH=CH2 ~N J 2 CH-cH2Br DMF
Ac N
~13 Ethanol, Hg(OAc32 OcH2cHocx2cH3 (23 NaB~4~ ~aOH ~ C 3 N
Many of the requisite amines of formula f(C~2)a\ 7 ~N CHR ~--(XXXVIII) - ~C~23/
wherein a, n and R7 are as defined above are known compounds. Those that ~re not known are prepared by well known methods. For example, the R7-substituted piperidines may be obtained by catalytic hydrogenation of the corresponding R7-substituted pyridines. The cyclic amines of the above ~ormula wherein R7 is alkyl ha~ing from one to six carbon atoms are provided by reacting the appropriate N-prote~ted aminoketone with an alkyl Grignard reagent, for example, as outlined below.
~14654 6 52 ~ ~O ~ R MgBr~ C6H5cH2N >~OH
( CII2 ) m ~ 2 ) n f ( C~2 ) a~
catalyst El~_ CHR7 ( C~2 ) n~
~he catalytic hydro~enolysis of the tertiary hydroxy group is often facilitated by prior acetylation.
The desired cyclic amir~es wherein R7 is hydroxy~
alkyl having fxom two to five carbon atoms are o~tained, ~or example by methods outlined below.
C6H5cH2N ~ ~ CEMgBr ~ C~2--CH-Rlo (C~2)n (Rla = ~ or Cl-C3 alkyl) C6H5cH2N ~ ~ CH-CH2C~-R10 ~ HN ~ 2 a\
(C~2)n OH (C~2)n OH
(CH2)a 6 5CH2N~ ~C=O + C6H5c~20clH(cH-)uMgBr (CH2)n RllR12 Rll and R12 are each ~ or alkyl of 1 to 3 carbon atoms, u is 1 to 4 ~(CH2)a OH
c6H5cH2N , ~ uf 2 6 5 2 ( ~2)n 12 Rll catalyst (C~2)a C~ ( ICH ) U7HOH
(CH2) R12 ~11 ~1~654~
The compounds of formula ~XXXVIII ) wherein R7 is hydroxymethyl are obtained b~ e.g. lithium aluminum hydride reduction of the corresponding aldehydes or carboxylic acid esters.
The compounds of formula IXXXVIII) wherein R7 is R C6H4tC~2)8 wherein g is 0 or l and R8 is as previously defined may also be obtained via a Grignard reaction as shown ~elow, for example.
~( CH2 ) a C6~5C~12N ~ ~C=O t R3C6~4 ( CR2 ) qMgBr - -2)n C6HscH2N ~ ~ C ~ _ (C~2)qC6H4R8 l. A~etylation (C~2~n 2- lI2, Pd/C
~C~2 ) qC6114R8 CE~
2 ~ ~. 2)n N
The starting materials of formula (XXXVIII) wherein R7 is R8C6~4CO may be obtained, for example, by ~riedel-Crafts acylation of R8C6~5 by an N-protected carboxylic acid halide as illustratedbelow.
CH3CON ~C~COCl + R8C6~s -- _ CH3CON ~CHCOC6H4R8 C~2)n (CR2)n 2 (CH
. _~ ~ 2 a~
H~ or OH HN CHCOC6H4R8 (CH2)n 654f~
The piperidine derivatives of the latter formula are also obtained by employing the corresponding pyridine car~oxylic acid halides and compound of formula R8C6H5 in the Friedel-Crafts acylation followed by hydrogenation of the pyridine moiety.
The cyclic aminocarboxylic acid precursors of the above N-protected cyclic aminoacid halides are either readily available or may be obtained by the well known Dieckmann reaction followed by hydrolysis and decarboxylation of the resulting alpha-keto-ester to provide a cyclic Xetone intermediate which can be con~erted to the desired carboxylic acid by a ~ariety of methods, e.g.
~(c~2)a-co2c2~5 ~ X2)~\ ~H]
R13N\ 1. NaOC2H5 R13N f ,o -( 2)n C2c2H5 2- H2O, NaOH~ (CH2)n ~ ~C~2) \ 1. ~Br ~(CH2) 5 R13N ~ ~ 2- Mg, ~ 3N~ / CHCOOH -- -lC~2?~ 3. C02 (C~2)n ~(C~2)a\
EN CHCOOH
~C~2)a In the above reaction sequence a and n are as defined above and R13 is a suitable amino protecting group, e.g. benzyl or acetyl. As wiLl be recognized by one skilled in the art, in the above reaction sequence when R13 is benzyl the ketone reduction step is preferably carried out by a metal hydride, e.g. sodium borohydride or lithium aluminum hydride, and removal of the benzyl group is accomplished by hydrogenolysis.
Use of a longer chain R13-protected iminodicarboxy-late esters in the above Diec~mann reaction can be employed to provide the corresponding R13-protected amino ketones of the formula ~14654~
~CC ~ la+p R13N\ ~C_O
CC~2~n 1 which upon ~olf-Kishner reduct;on and deprotection J pro~ides starting materIals of formula CC~la ~IN\ J:CH2 ~ p CC~I2 ~ n 5 where a, n and p are as defined above.
The antihypertensi~e activity of the compounds of the invention is shown ~y their ability to lower the blood pressure of conscious spontaneously hyper-tensi~e rats and conscious renally hypertensive dogs, 10 when admiAistered orally at doses of up to 30 mg./kg.
For ingtance, 2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl~piperazin-l-yl~-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline, a typical and preferred compound of the invention, has ~een found to lower blood pressure 15 in renally hypertensi~e dogs to a statistically signi-ficant degree, e. ~., when this compound is administered orally at doses as low as 0.2 mg./kg., it effected a decrease of 30 mm. Hg after 4 hours with no significant change in heart rate or other side effect. Similarly, 20 at the same dosage 2-~4-(~-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-ylo~ycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline, a particularly preferred compound of the in~ention, caused a reduction of 40mm. ~g after one hour which increased only by 20 mm. Hg 6 hours after 25 administration; and another particularly preferred compound: 2-r4- ~-furoyl~ piperazinyl]-4-~mlno-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline effected a reduction in blood pressure of 4Q mm. Hg which increased by only 6S4~
5 mm. Xg six hours after the oral dose (0.2 m~./hg.1 had been administered. Again, no significant heart rate change or other unwanted side effect was noted with the latter two compounds.
In addition to their useful antihypertensive ac-tivity, the compounds of the invention also demonstrate activity in standard tests designed to show vasodllator activity, antiglaucoma activity and utility in the treatment of congestive heart failure.
The compounds of the invention can be administered alone, but wilt generally be administered in admixture with a pharmaceutical carrier selected with regard to the intended route of administration and standard pharmaceutical practice. For example, they can be administered orally in the form of tablets containing such excipients as starch or lactose, or in capsules either alone or in admixture with excipients, or in the form of elixirs or suspensions containing flavorinq or coloring agents. They can be injected parenterally, for example, intramuscularly, intravenously or sub-cutaneously. Por parenteral administration, they are best used in the form of a sterile aqueous solution which can contain other solutes, for example, enough salt or glucose to make the solution isotonic. For treatment of glaucoma, they can be administered topically as well as by the above mentioned routes of administra-tion. For topical application, a compound of the in-vention is admixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically-acceptabte liquid carrier or solvent such as water, a glycol or mixtures thereof, and toxi-city adjustors, preservatives and buffers added as required. The resulting solution or dispersion is then sterilely filtered and used to fill sterile bottles.
~6546 The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the formula (I~ or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
The compounds of the invention can be administered to humans for the treatment of hypertension or congestive heart failure by eithex the oral or parenteral routes, and may be administered orally at dosage levels approxi-mately within the range 1 to S00 mg.iday for an averageadult patient (70 kg.), given in a single dose or up to 3 divided doses. Intravenous dosage levels would be expected to be about one-half to one-tenth of the daily oral dose. Thus for an average adult patient, lndividual lS oral doses in the tablet or capsule rorm will be approximately in the range from O.i to 250 mg. of the active compound. ~Jariations will necessarily occur depending on the weight and condition of the subject being treated and the particular route of adminlstration chosen as will be known to those skilled in the art.
The invention yet further provides a method of treating an animal, including a human being, having hypertension, which comprises administering to the animal an antihypertensive effective amount of a compound of the formula (I) or pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof or pharmaceutical composition as defined above.
The following Examples illustrate the invention.
--~ IL1 4654fi 7,8-Dimethoxy~uinazoline-2,4~dione (Xa~
Acetic acid (177~4 ml., 3.1 moles~ was added to a vigorously stirred suspension of 3,4-dimethoxy-anthranilic acid (436.5 g., 2.21 moles) in 10 liters / of water. Then 2~24 liters of 20~ potassium cyanate (5.53 moles) solution was gradually added and the mixture was stirre~ for one hour at 40Cr After cooling the reaction mixture to 20C.t 3~54 kg. sodium hydroxide pellets were added maintaining the temperature below 40C. The reaction mixture was heated to 90C.
for 45 minutes and then slowly cooled in an ice bath.
The sodium salt of the product was filtered, resuspended in 6 liters of water, acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid (370 ml.), cooled and filtered to yield 404 grams ~82%) of the product. Recrystalliza-tion from dimethylformamide gave colorless crystals, M.P. 314-6C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloHloN204: C, 54.05;
~, 4.~4; N, 12.61.
Found: C, 53.96; H, 4.57t N, 12.63.
2,4-Dichloro-?,a-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIa) A mixture of 7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione (400 g., 1080 ~oles), phosphorous pentachloride l750 g., 3.60 moles) and phosphorous oxychloride (4 liters) was refluxed under nitrogen for three hours. Phosphorus oxychloride (POC13) was removed in vacuo and residual POC13 was removed as an azeotrope with toluene. The solid residue was slurried in eight liters of dichloro-methane and the slurry slowly added to ice-cold H20.
The suspension was stirred and unreacted starting material (54.0 g.) was filtered off. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. The solution was concentrated and then 4 liters of hexane was slowly added. Upon cooling, a 1146S4fi pale yellow product (346 g., 80.4%) was collected by ~iltration and recrystallized from toluene/ether, M.P. 153-5C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloH8C12N2O2: C, 46.35;
H, 3.11; N, 10.81.
Found: C, 46.14; H, 3.33; N, 10.60.
EXAMPL~ 3 2-Chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIIa) Ammonia was passed into a solution of 2,4-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline t287 g., 1.11 moles) in tetrahydrofuran (6 liters) for five hours at room temperature. After stirring an additional hour the suspension was concentrated in vacuo to 2 liters and filtered. The solid was suspended in 2 liters of water, filtered, washed with water and cold methanol. Recrystallization from dimethylformamide/
water yielded 164 g. ~62%) of pure product, M.P.
300~. (dec.).
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloHloClN3O2: C, 50.11;
H, 4.21; N, 17.53.
Found: C, 50.07; H, 4.24; N, 17.58.
When the appropriate starting material selected from those pro~ided in Preparation I are employed in place of 3,4-dimethoxyanthranilic acid in the procedure of Example 1 and in each case the resulting product carried thorough the procedures of Examples 2 and 3, the following compounds are provided in a like manner.
., .
~14~iS4fi Y ~3 ~ Cl y2 y3 n-C3H7 _ 3 7 3 7 C~30 C2~5o CH30 _ 3H70 C2H50 2 4-(2-Furoyl)piperazine-l-yl~-4-amino-7t8-d ethox~quinazoline hydrochloride . A mixture of 2-chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline (3.00 g., 12.5 mmoles) and 1-(2-furoyl)-piperazine (2,71 g., 15.0 mmoles) was refluxed in 80 ml. isoamyl alcohol for two hours and then cooled in an ice-bath. The resulting white product was collected by filtration and recrystallized from methanol/ether to yield 4.53 g. (79~) of pure final product, M.P.
251C. The water solubility was found to be 20 mg./ml.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for ClgH21N504.ECl: C, 54.35; ~, 5.28; N, 16.68.
Found: C, 54.14; H, 5.21; N, 16.42.
EXA~PLE 5 A. 6-Chloro-7,8-dimethoxvquinazoline-2,4-dione ~Xb) Acetic acid (10.5 g., 0.175 mole) was added ~o a vigorously stirred suspension of 5-chloro-3,4-dimethoxy-anthranilic acid (Z8.9 g., 0.125 mole) in 600 ml.
J water. Then 506 ml. 5% potassium cyanate (O.312 mole~ soiution was gradually added and stirred 1 hour at 40C. After cooling the reaction mixture to 20C., 175 g. (4.37 moles) of sodium hydroxide pellets 10 were added while maintaining the temperature below 40C. The reaction mixture was heated to 90C. for 45 minutes. ~pon cooling in an ice bath, the sodium ~alt of the product precipitated, was filtered, resuspended in 125 ~1. water, acidified with concentra~ed 15 hydrochloric acid, cooled and filtered to yield 25.8 g. (80~) of colorless, pure product, M.P. 272-3C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for Clo~gClN2O4: C, 46.79;
H, 3.53; N, 10.92.
Found: C, 46.87; H, 3.60; N, 10.90.
20 B. 6 Chloro-7-methoxvquinazoline-2,4-dione ~XVIII) Similarly, 6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline-2,4-d~one was prepared from 5-chloro-4-methoxyanthranilic acid in 83% yield, M.P. 356-8C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CgH7ClN2O3 C, 47.70;
H, 3.11; N, 12.36.
Found: C, 47.72; ~, 3.44; N, 12.27 -- ~14654~i .
EXAMP~E 6 A. 2,4 t 6-Trichloro-7,8-dimethoxyq_~nazoline (XIb) A mixture of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione (25.5 g., 0.099 mole), phosphorous penta-S chloride (41.4 g., 0.199 mole) and 300 ml. phosphorous J oxychloride was refluxed under nitrogen for three hours. Phosphorous oxychloride was removed Ln vacuo and residual POC13 was azeotroped with toluene. The reddish-orange solid was dissolved in 200 ml. dichloro-methane and the solution was slowly added to ice-cold water. After stirring for 10 minutes the organic layer was separated, washed with water, and dried over sodium sulfate. The filtrate was concentrated and 150 ml. hexane was added slowly to precipitate the product as a pale yellow solid which was recyrstallized from toluene~ether to afford 18.0 g. ~62% yield), M.P., 154-5C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloR7C13N2O2: C, 40.91;
R, 2.40; N, 9.55.
20 Found: C, 41.05; R, 2.48; N, 9.61.
B. 2~4,6-Trichloro-7-methoxv ~ zoline (XIX) Refluxing 6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline-2,4-dione with PC15 in POC13 as described above afforded 2,4,6-trichloro-7-methoxyquinazoline in 74% yield, 25 M.P., 150-2C.
Analysis, Percent Cald. for CgH5C13N2O: C, 41.02;
R, 1.91; N, 10.63.
Found: C, 40.90; R, 2.01; N, 10.54.
~1 4659~
. 2,6-Dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (XIIb) Ammonia was passed into a solution of 2,4,6-tri-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline ~31.4 g., 0.107 mole) in 650 ml. dry tetrahydrofuran for one hour at room temperature. After stirring for an additional hour, the suspension was concentrated in vacuo and filtered.
The solid was resuspended in water, flltered, washed with water and methanol. Recrystallization from dimethylformamide/water yielded 23.7 g. (81~) of the desired product, M.P., 360C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for CloH9C12N3O2: C, 43-82;
H, 3.31; N, 15.33.
Found: C, ~3.95; H, 3.53; N, 15.35.
B. 2,6-Dichloro-4-amino=7-methoxyquinazoline ~XX) Reaction of 2,4,6-txichloro-7-methoxyquinazollne with ammonia as descri~ed above afforded 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline as a white solid, M.P., 300C. in 58% yield.
20Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C9~7C12N3O: C, 44.28;
H, 2.89, N, 17.22.
Found: C, 44.12; H, 3.16; N, 17.19.
A. 2-[4-(2-Furoyl)~iperazine-l-yl]-4-ami~o-o-ohloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazol-ne hydrochloride (XIII~) A mixture of 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline (1.50 g., 5.47 mmole) and 1-(2-furoyl)-pipe-azine ~1.08 g., 5.99 mmole) T~as re~luxed in 40 ml. isoamyl alcohol for 2 hours and then cooled overnight. The resulting solid was filtered and recrystallized from methanol/ether to yield 1.83 ~.
(74~) of pure final product, M.?., 208-9C.
65~6 Analysis~ Percent Calcd. for C19~20clN5o4~Hcl 1/2.H o C, 49.25; ~, 4.79; N, 15.17.
Found: C, 49.03; H, 4.61; N, 15.35.
Water Solubility: 8 mg./ml.
B. 2-t4-(2-Furoyl)piPerazine- l-yl ] -4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hYdrochloride The title compound was prepared similarly by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline and 1-(2-furoyl)piperazine in isoamyl alcohol, M.P.
229-31~C., 79~ yiela.
Analysisj Percent Calcd. for C~ 8ClN~03.HCl.H20:
C, 48.88; ~, 4.79; N, 15.83.
Pound: C, 49.47; ~, i.70; N, 15.62.
Water Solubility: 5 mg./ml.
.. .
A. 2-MethYl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-Yl]piperazine-l-carboxYlate hYdrochloride A mixture of 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline ~1.50 g., 5.47 mmole) and 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate (1.22 g., 6.03 mmole) was refluxed in 30 ml. methylisobutylketone for two days. The yellowish solid was filtered, resuspended in 40 ml. acetone and stirred for 15 minutes. The filtered solid was decolorized with charcoal and recrystallized twice from ethanol/ether to yield 1.47 g. ~57%) of final product, M.P., 211-3C.
465~
- ~8 -Analysis Percent Calcd. for ClgH26ClN505.HCl;
C, 47.90%; H, 5.50%; N, 14.70%:
Found: C, 47.70%; H, 5.74%; N, 14.36%:
Water Solubility: 35 mg./ml.
B. 2-Methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-t4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazolin-2-y~
piperazine-l-carboxy-late hydrochloride ~XXI, R ~ R =-COOCH2C~OH)(CH3_2~
The title compound was prepared similarly by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxy quinazoline and 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate in methyl isobutyl ketone for 4 days, M.P. 243-5C., 69% yield.
Analysis Percent Calcd. for C18H24ClN5O4.HCl.H20 C, 46.55%; H, 5.86%; N, 14.08%.
Found: C, 46.89%; H, 5.67%; N, 15.22%.
Water Solubility: 6 mg./ml.
C. 2-C4-(1,4-Benzodioxan-2-carbonyl)piperazin- 1- y~ -4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride The title compound was prepared by the procedure of Part A, above, by refluxing 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline and N-(1,4-benzodioxan-2-carbonyl)-piperazine in methylisobutylketone, M.P. 194-196C.
When the appropriate N-substituted piperazine is employed in the procedure of Example 4 in place of 1-~2-furoyl)piperazine, the analogous products tabulated below are obtained as the hydrochloride salts except as otherwise noted.
:BI.
1~46S4~, . ~ . .., _ ~ ~ ~ ~ c ~ ~ ~ a U~ . . . . . . . .
Z ~ W U'~
.
U~x ~ ..
O ~; co O ~ ~: r` r` ~
~d dP U'~ D
O ~ ~ o~ co o ~ ~ ~
t.~ ~ ~ . v ~r ~ C~ o ~ C~ O ~ ~`I t~') ~ ~ ~ ~) ~) D . _ 3 ~ ~
~ .
~ ~ ~ . ~
~ c~ u o ~a ~r G O ~ ~
.rl _l~ O ~I O O ~ O
h :1 ~ ~n ~ n u~
~ ~ z z z z æ z ~ ~ ~4 ~ Ul U~ r~ ~ ~
æ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ o ~ al o ~
~ ~ . t~ V'l /Z _ . .
Z /
_~ Z ~ ~, o o a o o o C~ /~~ O ~
~ U2 _ C~ O Ul o ~
:~ . ~r ~ ~ ~ ~1 ,1 N t`l ~ r~
O U ~ U
_~ 5 3 C) _~ .~ ~ ~ ,., .. , :~
U~ C,) C) U C~ U
O O O O O O O
X O O O O O O O
W ~ U C.) C.) 54~
.__ Z a~
u~
. ~ _ r~ CO ~ Cr~
. ,e ~ tl~
_~ ~ o a~ o o~
~ ~ ~D cn ~ c~ ' a~ dP
_~ ~r ~ co co ~_ U~
C)~
O
U ~
,1 O O O
Q~ U~
o ~ s~ æ 3:
_~ _ a~ t~
~ ~ ~ r~ u~
~ ~ ~0 ~0~ O
~ o _, .
.
~ .
_~ U~ I
C~l I
_I E
U~ __ __ . o .
o C~ ~ I
~ UJ
P~
8 5 .. _._ N
0~
O U ~
_4 ^~
~ ~ U O
E u~ U ~:
x o 8 $
~ . c~
114654~
_ _ . . , ~D ~ N ~ co CO Q --i --I
" æ ~ t ~ t ~ t ~ N Cl- Cl) ~0 t~ ~0 U~ ~ O N
n~ P ~ t u~
~ C~ t~ o ~ ~ O
_I - N t'7 1 I C0 0~ D I ~ ~ I ~ N
W~ .
"t ~
u ~ .. _ 5. ~ c , t N10 I t - N N117 N N ~ I N 0 ~.
~0 ~ U~ - U~-_ _ ~ '' I t u~ , ,, I I
., COCO ~ ~o ~ , ~ ~ '' t ' ' I o I ' , o [3 e~ D Cz~ ~0 ~N D
,1 3 , =0 U=O y=O U=O .U=O V=O V=O U=O U=O
~ ..
~X ~ .
" 11~654~
, ~
~ O ~
~ o~
Z
dO CO Cl~
.U~ ~ ,~
Ul U~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o~ ~ ~
U~r o o ~ a~ r _1 _I O CO ~` O r~ !` ~O
I` O ~ ~ I`
~ ~) C~~P co o u~ In ~ ~ ~ r7 ~r u~
~ ..
_I . ..
;~
,~ ~
~ o C~ ~
~ . -C~
,1 o o o o o o ~ ~ U~ Ln U~ U~
o ,~ æ z o z z z T~
~ ~Lt~ ~ ~ ~ ~
s~ ~ ~ 3~
O ~ ~ O _I r~ O
C ~ ~~
~1 C) _~
_~ ~ U~ O If~ CO O
,,1 . O O ~ U~
5:~ ~ ~1 O
~) o COCO ~ I~
. II t) I
1~ 1 a) . o~ ~ co O .
t~ ~ -~ ~
O U~
O ~ ~ t~ _ _1 3 c~
e X ~"
~ X . .
114654fi .
-5~-2-~4-C2~Furoyl-homopIperazIne-l-yl~4~a~ino-7~8-_ imethoxyqu~n- l~ne hydroc~l-oride A. N~t2-Furoyl~omopiperazine S ~omop~perazine t70 g., Q,7Q molel ~n 160 ml. water was treated w~th 6N hydrochloric acid to adjust to pH 5.5 Furoyl chl~ride C79.5 g., ~.6Q molel and 25% r~wl aqueous sodium hyaroxide solut;on were added simulta-neo~sly to ma~nta~n a p~ of 4.5~5.5. Then additional sodium ~ydroxide was added to bring the mixture to p~ 9.5. The solution was extracted with chloroform, dried over anhydrous potassium carbonate and distilled to afford 63 g. of product, B.P. 124-130 C. at 10 mm.
B. 4-Amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy~uinazoline ~.76 g., lS 7.3 mole~, N-t2-furovl~homopiperazine (1.50 g., 7.7 ~ole) and 40 ml. of isoamyl alcohol were combined and the mixture heated at xeflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.5 hours. After cooling to room temperature t the mlxture was stirred for one hour, filtered and the pre-cipitated product washed with ether and recrystallizedfrom methanol/ether to afford 2.15 g. of the title compound, N.P. 182-183 C.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C20H23N504.HC 2 C, 54.23; H, 5.69; N, 15.81.
Found: C, 53.84; ~, 5.40; N, 15.49.
The solubility in water was found to be 30 mg./ml.
~L146S4~
--s4--2-~4- ~-Tetrahydrofuro~lL~omopIperaz~n~l-yl~-4-amino-7,8-dLmethoxYquinazoll'ne ~droc~lor~de ~.
A, N~(:2-Tetrahydrofuroyl~omopipexazine S ~ Puro~ omopiperazrne ~3.0 g.L ~n 2Q0 ml, of ethanol was hydrogenated over 5% rhod~um-on-carbon cata-lyst at three atmosp~eres p~essure~ T~e cat~l~st was removed by filtrat~o~ and the product dist~lled to ~;ve the des;rea product, ~,P. 135 at 1 mm.
lQ B. 4-Amino-2-chloxo-7,8-dimet~oxyqu~nazol;ne t~lQ ~., 8.75 mmole~, N- ~-tetra~ydrofuroyllhomopiperaz~ne a . ~ g .,
9.58 mmole~ and 50 ml. of isoamyl alcohol were mixed and heated at reflux under nitroge~ for 2.5 hours. The sol-vent was removed by evaporation in vacuo, the residue dissolved in water and filtered through a mixture o activated carbon and diatomaceous earth. The filtrate was adjusted to an alkali~e p~ by addition of sodium bicar~onate solution, extracted four tLmes with 50 ml.
portions of ethyl acetate and the extracts dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was e~aporated and the resi-due chromatographed on 30 g. of silica gel, eluting with chloroform/ethanol. The fractions containing the de-~ired product ~free basel were combined and e~aporated to a~ford the free base as a foam, 1.0 g. The free base was dissol~ed in ether, saturated hydrogen chloride and fil-tered to obtain the title compound, M.P. 130 ~dec.~.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C20H~7N5O4.~Cl.O.S0 H2O:
C, 53.74; ~, 6.54; N, 15.67.
Found: C, 53.56; ~, 6.68; ~, 15.44.
3a Water Solubility: 12Q mg./ml.
~1 465~6 A. 2-C4-~enzylpi~eridin-1-yl~4-amino-7,8 ~ oxy-quinazoline ~ydrochloride 4-Amino-2-chloro-7,8-d~methoxyqu~nazoline C2,40 g., 10 mmolel, 4-benzylp;peridine C1.23 g., 11 J mmolel and 5C ml. o~ ~oamyl alcohol were heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for tw~ hours and cooled to room temperature. Diethyl ether C5Q ml.
was added and the mixture allowed to stand in the refrigerator for two days. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol/diethyl ether to afford 2.50 g. C60%) of the title compound, M.P. 216-217C.
Analysisr Percent Calc'd for C H 0 N HCl C, 63.68; ~, 6.56; N, 13.50 Found: C, 63.78; X, 6.67; N. 13.89.
Water Solubility: 6 mg./ml.
EX~MPLE 14 Employing the appropriately substituted 2-chloro-(or 2-bromol 4-amino quinazoline and amine of ~ormula tCH2~a 9~ / R7 tCX21n in the procedure of Example 13 the following pr~ducts are obtained. i 2 ~ -N "' ~- R7 where a is 1 or m and m and n are 2, or 3, ~1~654~
yl y2 y3 a n R7 ~ CH30 CH30 1 2 C~3 Cl C~30 ~ 1 2 CH3(CH2)5 Cl CH30 CH30 1 2 (CH3)2C~C~2 H C2R50 C2H50 1 2 C6~5 Cl C2R50 H 1 2 C6H5CH2 Cl C2R50 C2H50 1 2 CH3C6H4 3R7 CH30 1 3 (CH3)2CH
Cl _C3R70 1 3 CH3(C~2)4 Cl nC3H70 _ 3H70 1 3 3-FC6H4 Cl CH30 CH30 2 2 4-HOC6H~
Cl C~3o c~3o 2 2 3-CH3So2C6H4 ~ CR30 C~30 . 3 2 C6H4CH2 Cl CH30 2 3 3C~2 Cl CH30 .CH30 2 3 3 2 HC6H4 R C2R5 E 2 3 CH3(CH2)3 Cl CH30 CR30 2 3 3 6 4CH2 Cl CH30 CR30 2 3 4-FC6H4 H CH30 n-C3H70 3 3 CH3 Cl _ C3H70 H 3 3 C6H5 Cl CH30 H 3 3 6 5C~2 Cl CH30 CR30 1 3 lC6H4C0 .25 Cl CR30 R 1 3 C6H5C
H CR30 CH30 1 2 4-8rC6H4C0 Cl CH30 H 1 2 HOC6H4C0 Cl CH30 CH30 2 2 4-CF3C6H4Co R CH30 C~30 2 3 4 ~C6H4C0 Cl c~3o H 3 3 3-CH3S02C6H4co Cl CH30 R 1 3 C6H5C0 Cl CH30 CH30 1 2 HOCH2CH2 Cl 30 1 2 (CH3)2C(OH)CH
H CH30 C~3o 1 3 (cH3)2c~cH(oH)c~2 1146S~
yl y2 y3 a n R7 Cl CH30 C~30 1 3 ~ CH3 ) 2C ( OH ) CH2CH2 Cl c~3o H 1 3 ( C~3 ) 2C ( OH ) H CH30 ~H30 2 2 CH20H
J 5 Cl C~30 C 30 2 2 CH2cH2oH
Cl c~3o H 2 2 CH3 CH ( OH ) EI C2E~50 2~I50 3 3 CH2H
Cl C~30 C~30 3 3 ( CH3 ~ 2C ( OH ) Cl C~3 H 3 3 ( C~3CH2 ) 2C ( OH ) -- 114654~
- 2-t4-(2-Tetrahydrofuroyl)piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-_ 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline To 35 ml. of isoamyl alcohol were added 1.50 g.
(5.47 mmole) of 4-amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dime~hoxy-quinazoline and 1.11 g. (6.02 mmole) sf 1-~2-tetra-hydrofuroyl)piperazine and the mixture was heated at r~flux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.5 hours. The ~ixture was cooled, 20 ml. of ethyl ether was added and the resulting m~xture stirred at room temperature overnight. It was then cooled in ice and the precipitated solid collected by filtration. The crude material was recrystallized once from a mixture of isopropanol, methanol and ethyl ether. The recrystallized material was dissolved in water made strongly alkaline with sodium hydroxide solution while stirring, tne precipitated brownish solid collected by filtration, dried, decolorized with activated car~on and recrystallized from isopropanol/
ethyl ether to o~tain 0.38 g. of yellow solid, N.P.
192-193C. -Analysis, Percent Calc'd. for ClgH2404N5Cl:
C, 54.09; H, 5.73; N, 16.60 Pound: C, 53.a3; H, 5.73; N, 16.58.
Mass spectrum peaks (M ~e); 421 (molecular ion), 406, 392, 378, 350, 321, 293, 2~0 and 266.
Employing the procedures of Examples 8, 9 and 10 the following compounds are similarly prepared from the appropriate starting materials.
yl ~
y2 ~ ~ ~ N N-W
6 5 ~
yl y2 y3 W
_ H CH30 c~3o H
Cl C2H50 C2H50 CH3 R n-C3H70 _ 3 7 CH2CH(CH3)2 Cl lso-C3H7o ~ 2(C 2~4CH3 H CH30 C~3o CH2CH=CH2 Cl CH30 CH30 CH2C(CH3)=CH2 2H5 C2H50 CH2CH=C~CH3 Cl ~2~5 ~ 2C(c~3)=c}~cH3 - 3~7 n C3H70 CH2(CH2)2cH C~2 Cl 3 70 _ C3~70 CH2CH20H
~ i~o-C3H70 CH30 CH2CH20H
Cl 3 ~ CH2CH(OH)CH3 ~ C~30 CH30 C~2C(OH)(CH3)2 Cl C~30 CH30 CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH20H
H C2~50 C2H50 2 ( 3)2C~2oH
Cl 2 5 ~ C(CH3)2C(OH)CH3 H . C2H50 C2R50 cyclopropyl Cl _ C3H70 n C3H70 cyclopentyl H .n-C3H70 _ 3 7 cyclohexyl Cl C 30 H cyclooctyl H CH30 CH30 4-ClC6H4 Cl C~30 H 2-FC6H4 H CH30 CH30 4-CH30C6~4CH2 Cl CH30 H 3-CF3C6H4CH2 H CH30 CH30 4-HoC6H4 H C~30 c~3o 2-CH3So2C6~4 Cl CH30 CH30 4-CH3s02NHc6H4 Cl C2H50 H 4-CX3S02NHC6H4CH2 Cl C2H50 C2H50 C 3 2C6H4cH2 Cl C2H50 ~ xC6H4C~2 Cl C2H50 C2H50 2 C~3C6H4CH2 Cl C2H50 H 3 FC6H4CH2 Cl CH30 H 2-fluoro-l-naphthyl R CH30 CH30 4-bromo-2-naphthyl ~14~54~
yl y2 y3 W
H CH30 CH30 4-methyl-1-naphthyl H CH30 CX30 3-trifluor~methyl-1-napthyl Cl CH30 C~3o 2-hydroxy-1-naphthyl H CX30 CH30 4-hydroxy-1-naphthylmethyl Cl CH30 H 4-methoxy-2-naphthylmethyl Cl CH30 C~3o 3-rluoro-1-napthylmethyl H CH30 CH30 6-methylsulfonylamino-1-napthylmethyl H CX30 CH30 4-methylsulfonyi-1-naphthvl H CH30 CH30 CH2C-C.~
Cl CX30 CH30 CH2C=CCH3 Cl CH30 CH30 CH2C-CCH2CH3 H CH30 CH30 CH2(CX2)2C-CH
Cl CH30 H CHO
Cl CH30 H COCH3 H iso-C3H70 1so-C3H70 COCX(CH3)2 H C2 5 C2H50 CO-CH2(CH2)4c~3 Cl CH30 CH30 COCH2(CH2)2cH(cx3)2 Cl C~30 H COCH2C 2 Hn-C3H70 _ C3 7 COCH2C(CH3) CH2 ~146S91~
yl y2 y3 W
Cl C~3o CH30 COCH2C(CH3)=CHC~3 Cl CH30 H COCH2C=CH
Cl CH30 CH30 cyclopropylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 cyclobutylcarbonyl H 2 5 C2H50 cycloheptylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 cyclooctylcarbonyl
portions of ethyl acetate and the extracts dried over sodium sulfate. The solvent was e~aporated and the resi-due chromatographed on 30 g. of silica gel, eluting with chloroform/ethanol. The fractions containing the de-~ired product ~free basel were combined and e~aporated to a~ford the free base as a foam, 1.0 g. The free base was dissol~ed in ether, saturated hydrogen chloride and fil-tered to obtain the title compound, M.P. 130 ~dec.~.
Analysis, Percent Calcd. for C20H~7N5O4.~Cl.O.S0 H2O:
C, 53.74; ~, 6.54; N, 15.67.
Found: C, 53.56; ~, 6.68; ~, 15.44.
3a Water Solubility: 12Q mg./ml.
~1 465~6 A. 2-C4-~enzylpi~eridin-1-yl~4-amino-7,8 ~ oxy-quinazoline ~ydrochloride 4-Amino-2-chloro-7,8-d~methoxyqu~nazoline C2,40 g., 10 mmolel, 4-benzylp;peridine C1.23 g., 11 J mmolel and 5C ml. o~ ~oamyl alcohol were heated at reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for tw~ hours and cooled to room temperature. Diethyl ether C5Q ml.
was added and the mixture allowed to stand in the refrigerator for two days. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and recrystallized from ethanol/diethyl ether to afford 2.50 g. C60%) of the title compound, M.P. 216-217C.
Analysisr Percent Calc'd for C H 0 N HCl C, 63.68; ~, 6.56; N, 13.50 Found: C, 63.78; X, 6.67; N. 13.89.
Water Solubility: 6 mg./ml.
EX~MPLE 14 Employing the appropriately substituted 2-chloro-(or 2-bromol 4-amino quinazoline and amine of ~ormula tCH2~a 9~ / R7 tCX21n in the procedure of Example 13 the following pr~ducts are obtained. i 2 ~ -N "' ~- R7 where a is 1 or m and m and n are 2, or 3, ~1~654~
yl y2 y3 a n R7 ~ CH30 CH30 1 2 C~3 Cl C~30 ~ 1 2 CH3(CH2)5 Cl CH30 CH30 1 2 (CH3)2C~C~2 H C2R50 C2H50 1 2 C6~5 Cl C2R50 H 1 2 C6H5CH2 Cl C2R50 C2H50 1 2 CH3C6H4 3R7 CH30 1 3 (CH3)2CH
Cl _C3R70 1 3 CH3(C~2)4 Cl nC3H70 _ 3H70 1 3 3-FC6H4 Cl CH30 CH30 2 2 4-HOC6H~
Cl C~3o c~3o 2 2 3-CH3So2C6H4 ~ CR30 C~30 . 3 2 C6H4CH2 Cl CH30 2 3 3C~2 Cl CH30 .CH30 2 3 3 2 HC6H4 R C2R5 E 2 3 CH3(CH2)3 Cl CH30 CR30 2 3 3 6 4CH2 Cl CH30 CR30 2 3 4-FC6H4 H CH30 n-C3H70 3 3 CH3 Cl _ C3H70 H 3 3 C6H5 Cl CH30 H 3 3 6 5C~2 Cl CH30 CR30 1 3 lC6H4C0 .25 Cl CR30 R 1 3 C6H5C
H CR30 CH30 1 2 4-8rC6H4C0 Cl CH30 H 1 2 HOC6H4C0 Cl CH30 CH30 2 2 4-CF3C6H4Co R CH30 C~30 2 3 4 ~C6H4C0 Cl c~3o H 3 3 3-CH3S02C6H4co Cl CH30 R 1 3 C6H5C0 Cl CH30 CH30 1 2 HOCH2CH2 Cl 30 1 2 (CH3)2C(OH)CH
H CH30 C~3o 1 3 (cH3)2c~cH(oH)c~2 1146S~
yl y2 y3 a n R7 Cl CH30 C~30 1 3 ~ CH3 ) 2C ( OH ) CH2CH2 Cl c~3o H 1 3 ( C~3 ) 2C ( OH ) H CH30 ~H30 2 2 CH20H
J 5 Cl C~30 C 30 2 2 CH2cH2oH
Cl c~3o H 2 2 CH3 CH ( OH ) EI C2E~50 2~I50 3 3 CH2H
Cl C~30 C~30 3 3 ( CH3 ~ 2C ( OH ) Cl C~3 H 3 3 ( C~3CH2 ) 2C ( OH ) -- 114654~
- 2-t4-(2-Tetrahydrofuroyl)piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-_ 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline To 35 ml. of isoamyl alcohol were added 1.50 g.
(5.47 mmole) of 4-amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dime~hoxy-quinazoline and 1.11 g. (6.02 mmole) sf 1-~2-tetra-hydrofuroyl)piperazine and the mixture was heated at r~flux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 1.5 hours. The ~ixture was cooled, 20 ml. of ethyl ether was added and the resulting m~xture stirred at room temperature overnight. It was then cooled in ice and the precipitated solid collected by filtration. The crude material was recrystallized once from a mixture of isopropanol, methanol and ethyl ether. The recrystallized material was dissolved in water made strongly alkaline with sodium hydroxide solution while stirring, tne precipitated brownish solid collected by filtration, dried, decolorized with activated car~on and recrystallized from isopropanol/
ethyl ether to o~tain 0.38 g. of yellow solid, N.P.
192-193C. -Analysis, Percent Calc'd. for ClgH2404N5Cl:
C, 54.09; H, 5.73; N, 16.60 Pound: C, 53.a3; H, 5.73; N, 16.58.
Mass spectrum peaks (M ~e); 421 (molecular ion), 406, 392, 378, 350, 321, 293, 2~0 and 266.
Employing the procedures of Examples 8, 9 and 10 the following compounds are similarly prepared from the appropriate starting materials.
yl ~
y2 ~ ~ ~ N N-W
6 5 ~
yl y2 y3 W
_ H CH30 c~3o H
Cl C2H50 C2H50 CH3 R n-C3H70 _ 3 7 CH2CH(CH3)2 Cl lso-C3H7o ~ 2(C 2~4CH3 H CH30 C~3o CH2CH=CH2 Cl CH30 CH30 CH2C(CH3)=CH2 2H5 C2H50 CH2CH=C~CH3 Cl ~2~5 ~ 2C(c~3)=c}~cH3 - 3~7 n C3H70 CH2(CH2)2cH C~2 Cl 3 70 _ C3~70 CH2CH20H
~ i~o-C3H70 CH30 CH2CH20H
Cl 3 ~ CH2CH(OH)CH3 ~ C~30 CH30 C~2C(OH)(CH3)2 Cl C~30 CH30 CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH20H
H C2~50 C2H50 2 ( 3)2C~2oH
Cl 2 5 ~ C(CH3)2C(OH)CH3 H . C2H50 C2R50 cyclopropyl Cl _ C3H70 n C3H70 cyclopentyl H .n-C3H70 _ 3 7 cyclohexyl Cl C 30 H cyclooctyl H CH30 CH30 4-ClC6H4 Cl C~30 H 2-FC6H4 H CH30 CH30 4-CH30C6~4CH2 Cl CH30 H 3-CF3C6H4CH2 H CH30 CH30 4-HoC6H4 H C~30 c~3o 2-CH3So2C6~4 Cl CH30 CH30 4-CH3s02NHc6H4 Cl C2H50 H 4-CX3S02NHC6H4CH2 Cl C2H50 C2H50 C 3 2C6H4cH2 Cl C2H50 ~ xC6H4C~2 Cl C2H50 C2H50 2 C~3C6H4CH2 Cl C2H50 H 3 FC6H4CH2 Cl CH30 H 2-fluoro-l-naphthyl R CH30 CH30 4-bromo-2-naphthyl ~14~54~
yl y2 y3 W
H CH30 CH30 4-methyl-1-naphthyl H CH30 CX30 3-trifluor~methyl-1-napthyl Cl CH30 C~3o 2-hydroxy-1-naphthyl H CX30 CH30 4-hydroxy-1-naphthylmethyl Cl CH30 H 4-methoxy-2-naphthylmethyl Cl CH30 C~3o 3-rluoro-1-napthylmethyl H CH30 CH30 6-methylsulfonylamino-1-napthylmethyl H CX30 CH30 4-methylsulfonyi-1-naphthvl H CH30 CH30 CH2C-C.~
Cl CX30 CH30 CH2C=CCH3 Cl CH30 CH30 CH2C-CCH2CH3 H CH30 CH30 CH2(CX2)2C-CH
Cl CH30 H CHO
Cl CH30 H COCH3 H iso-C3H70 1so-C3H70 COCX(CH3)2 H C2 5 C2H50 CO-CH2(CH2)4c~3 Cl CH30 CH30 COCH2(CH2)2cH(cx3)2 Cl C~30 H COCH2C 2 Hn-C3H70 _ C3 7 COCH2C(CH3) CH2 ~146S91~
yl y2 y3 W
Cl C~3o CH30 COCH2C(CH3)=CHC~3 Cl CH30 H COCH2C=CH
Cl CH30 CH30 cyclopropylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 cyclobutylcarbonyl H 2 5 C2H50 cycloheptylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 cyclooctylcarbonyl
- 10 H CH30 CH30 cyclopropylmethylcarbonyl Cl CH30 H cyclooctylmethylcarbonyl C1 CH30 H 3-thenoyl H CH30 CH30 5-chloro-2-thenoyl H CH30 CH30 4-methyl-3-thenoyl lS Cl CH30 CH30 5-phenyl-2-thenoyl H C~30 c~3o 5-ethyl-3-furoyl H CH30 CH30 5-phenyl-2-furoyl H CH30 CH30 2-pyridylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 2-chloro-4-pyridylcarbonyl Cl CH30 H 2-methyl-4-pyrimidinylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 2-phenyl-4-pyrimidinylcarbonyl H CH30 CH30 ~
~CO
C1 CH30 C 3 ~
~'S~CO
Cl CH30 H
I
~CO
CO
H CH30 CH30 ~ I ~
~CO
465i4~
yl y2 y3 Cl C~30 ~-CO
Cl CH30 CH3~
@~-C~I2CO
Cl C~30 CH3~ ~ ~ CH2C
~ CH30 CH30 ( --CH2CC) C~30 CH3~
Q~ CH2co Cl CH30 Q--CH2co Cl CH30 H l~ydroxy-2-naphthoyl H CR30 C~3o 4-chloro-1-naphthylmethyl-car~onyl 10 Cl C~30 CH3- ~ ~C0 Cl CX30 CH30 N
co H CH30 C 3o NL_ C~3S-~'C0 H CH30 C~30 N_ ~lo!l~ co Cl C~30 H N
CH3S-lOJ~ CO
3 ~N-~
Cl CH30 CH30 N-N
CH3S-~S~ C0 654~.
Y ~ Y W
Cl CH30 H ~
H CO
C~30 CH30 ~CO
Cl C~30 ~ N CO
N~NHcooc2Hs 3 CH30 ~ CO
Cl C~30 ~ CX30CO
3 CH30 CH3~C~2)sCH20CO
Cl C~30 c~3o cyclohexyl OCO
H C~30 c~3o ~OCX2CH20CO
Cl 3o ~ (cR3)2c(oH)cx2cH2oco 3 C~3~ rc6H4cH2oco 3 CH30 1-hydroxy-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH3~ CH30 C 2 C(CH3)C~20Co Cl C~30 R CR3cH=c(cH3~cH2oco Cl C2H50 ~ cyclopropyl-OCO
C1 n~C3H7 ~ cyclohexyl-OCO
H n-C3H70 n C3~70 cycloheptyl-OCO
Cl C~3o c~3o cyclooctyl-OCO
Cl C2H50 C2H50 C~3c~(oH)cH2oco C2H5 C2EI50 2-cH3c6H4cH2oco Cl CH30 CR30 3-CF3C6H4cH2oco Cl CH30 CH30 CH30C6H4CH20C
C1 CH30 H 4-ROC6H4cH2oco Cl C~30 ~ 3SO2c6H4c~20co H C~30 CH30 4-cH3so2NHc6H~cH2oco H CH30 CH30 4-chloro-1-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH30 H l-fluoro-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH30 CH30 3-hydroxy-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
654~J
Cl CH30 C~30 2-methyl-1-naphthylmethyl-OcO
R C~30 CH30 1-methoxy- 2-naphthylmethyl-OcO
Cl CH30 H 4-trifluoromethyl-1-naphthyl-J methyl-OCO
Cl ca3o ~ 20CO
Cl CH30 C~30 2 3 ~CH20CO
CH30 C~30 2 3 ¢~- OCH20CO
Cl C~30 C~30 ~3' OCH20CO ~
~ C~30 C~30 Q~c~2oco Cl Ch30 CH30 ~C~I OCO
Cl CH30 R ~O 2 OlCH OCO
Cl 3o ~ 2 ~ OCO
Cl CH30 H ~ CH20C
¢~OlCH20CO
Cl C2H50 R .
~ CH OCO
Cl CH30 C~30 2 ~CH20CO
, : , - :
, ~ 11 46S~fi, yl y2 y3 H CH30 CH30 ~ 'C0 Cl CH30 CH30 ~ 'C0 Cl CH30 H ~ C0 H CH30 CH30 ~ CH2C
Cl CH30 CH30 ~ CH2C
Cl CH30 H ~ CH2 H CH30 CH30 ~ 'CH2c ~1~6546 A. 3-Chloro-4-methoxy-6-isothiocyanatobenzonitrile _ To a solution of 27.4 g. (O.lS mole~ of 6-amino-3-chloro-4-methoxybenzonitrile in 150 ml. of 1,2-dichloro-ethane at 0-5C. is added with stirring a mixture of 23 g. (0.2 mole) thiophosgene, 100 ml. 1,2-dichloroethane, 20 g. (0.2 mole) calcium carbonate and 200 ml. o~ water. After the addition the mixture is stirred for one hour at 0-5C., warm~d to 20C. and stirred for 6 hours at this temperature and finally at 35C. for an hour. The reaction mixture is filtered and the organic layer separated, washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, water and dried ~MgSO4). The ~olve~t is removed by evaporation and the residue used without purification in the next step.
B. 3-Chloro-4-methoxy-6-lhomomorPholin-4-Yl)thiocarb-amidobenzcnitrile - To 11.3 g. ~0.05 mole) of the above residue dis801ved in 65 ml. of ethyl acetate is slowly added w~th gtirring at 0C., a solution of 5.1 g. (O.OS
mole) o~ homomorpholine in an equal volume of the same sol~ent. The resulting mixture is cooled to -25C.
and al lowed to stand overnight. The precipitate is collected by filtration, washed with cold ethyl acetate and dried to obtain the desired product.
C. ~3-Methoxy-4-chloro-6-cyanoPhenyl)-(homomorpholin 4-yl)-methYlthioformamidate In 200 ml. of diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl-ether) is di~sol~ed 16.3 g. (O.OS mole) of 3-chloro-4-methoxy-6-(homomorpholin-4-yl)-thiocarbamidobenzo-nitrile and 14.2 g. (0.1 mole) of methyl iodide and the mixture heated at reflux (60C.) for eight hours then cooled to room temperature. The resulting mixture is filtered, the solid product washed with ether and dried to obtain the hydroiodide salt of the title compound.
- ~1 46~4~
The hydroiodide salt is dissolved in lS0 mI. of methanol and 90 ml. of 25~ ammonium hydroxide is added with stirring. The resulting mixture is stirred for two hours at 0C., filtered and washed with ether to obtain the title compound as the free base.
) D. 2-(Homomo~holin-4-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxY-~uinazoline ~ To a solution of 3.4 ~. (0.01 mole) o~ the free.
base obtained in Part C, above, in 75 ml. o~ formamide is added 1.3 g. of sodium amide and the resultin~
~olution is cooled to 0C. and saturated with ammonia gas. The cold solution is warmed slowly over 2-3 hours to 120C., then maintained at this temperature for 4 hours~ The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature, 100 ml. of ice-water added, the mixture extracted with chloroform, the extrac~s washed with water, dried and evaporated to dryness. The crude residual product is purified by crystallization.
Employing one of the procedures o~ Examples 4, 8, 9 a~d 17, the following compounds are prepared from the appropriate starting materials.
NH
~ N
y~N~l 1 2 1~654~, yl y2 Y3 Rl R2 ~ CH30 CH30 H CR
Cl CH O CH O H 3 1 5 Cl CH30 H 3 H (CH3)2CR
Cl . 2 5 ~ CH3 (CH3)2CHCH~C~3) 8 C~30 ccC~83300 C~3(CH2)3CH2 C8 CH
Cl 3 3 CH c~clopropyl CR39 C~3o R 3 cyclopentyl ~ CH30 C~30 cyclopropyl cyclopro~yl Cl CH300 CH30 cyclohexyl cyclohexyl Cl CH3 ~ cyclohexyl cyclooctyl C1 C~30 H CR2=~H-CH2 CH2~CHCH
Cl 3 CH2 C(CH3)CH2 CH C(CR ~CH
Cl CH30 CH30 R 3 CH2=cHcH2 H CH30 CH3O CH2scHcH2 H C~30 ~3o H CH=CCH
Cl CH30 C~3o H CH~C(CH2) Cl CH30 H CH3CH2cH2 CR-CCH
Cl CH30 CH30 cyclopropyl CH3C-CCH
Cl CH30 C~3o cyclohexyl CH-CCH
R CH30 CR30 CR2=CHCH2 CH=CCH
R CH O CH O CH ' ~' 2 3 3 3~2)4CH2 CH2=C~C~
cCl CH30 HCH30 cyclooctyl CH3CH=C~cH2 3 3(C~2)3cH2 (CH ) C=CHCH
Cl 3 ~ HOCH CH 3 2 2 ~ CH30 CH O 2 2 HOCH2CH2 C1 CR30 C~330 H HOCH2CH
Cl ccH330o H HO(CH2)5 HO(CH2)5 H CH30 CH30 3 HocH2cH2cH2 ~1 4654~
yl y2 y3 Rl R2 Cl CH30 CH30 cyclohexyl CH3cH(oH)cH2 Cl CR30 }I CH2 ~C~CH2 ( CH3 ) 2 C ( OH ) CH2 R CE~30 CH30 CH-CCH HO ( CEI2 ) 5 5 H CR30 C~3o cyclopropyl HOC~2CH2 J EXAMPLE _~: g A. 2-(3-ThiazolidinYl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline ~IYdrochloride A mixture of 4.8 g. (0.02 mole) of 4-amino-2-chloro-7,~-aimethoxyquinazoline and 4.5 g. (0.05 mole) of thiazolidine in 50 ml. of chlorobenzene is heated at reflux for 18 hours, cooled to room temperature and the precipitate collected by filtration to give the title compound which was purified by recrystallization.
B. 2-~3-Thiaz ~ mino-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline S-oxide The product obtained in Part A, 1.0 g., is converted to the free base by partitioning between dilute aqueous sodium hydroxide and methylene chloride.
The organic extracts are dried a~d concentrated in vacuo to 100 ml~ To the methylene chloride solution of free base at 0C. i9 added dropwise over 15 minutes a solution of 0.60 g. of m-chloroperbenzoic acid in 25 ml. of the same solvent. A~ter stirring for 2 hours at 0C. the reaction mixture is washed with dilute sodium bicarbonate and water. The organic extracts are dried lNaso4) and evaporated to dryness in vacuo to o~tain the title S-oxide which purified by recrystallization, if desired.
The title compound is also obtained by the procedure of Part A, above, when thiazolidine-S-oxide i9 employed as starting material in place o~ thiazolidine.
14654~
C. 2-(3-Thiazoli~d~pyl)-4-amino-7~8-dim~t ~ ine SlS-Dioxide A mixture of 9.6 g. (0.04 mole) o~ 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 10.0 g. of thiazolidine S,S-dioxide in 200 ml. of chlorobenzene is heated at .~ reflux for 24 hours, cooled to room temperature and the product collected by filtration. The crude title ~ompound is purified, if desired, by recrystallization.
D. Employing the above procedures or those o~ Examples 4, B or 17 the following compounds are similarly obtained from the appropriate starting materials.
rl ~11~ NRl yl ~2 ~ NRlR2 CR
C830 C~3o ~( 2)2 ~C~2)2 15 Cl 30 ~ f ~2)2 (CR2)2 Cl CH30 C~30 J 2~2 ~CR2)2 R CH30 C~3o ~ CH
(C~2)3 Cl CH30 ~ ~ 2 (CH2)3 Cl C~3o CR30 ~(C~2)2 (CH2)3 ~1 ~654~, yl y2 y3 NR R
2H5 C2~150 /( 2)2 .~ ( CH2 13 Cl n-C3~0 _ 3 70 ~( CR2 ) 3 ~ C~2 ) 3 Cl ~30 ~ /(CR2)3 (~2)3 S H C~30 CH30 /C~I
2 ) 2 Cl ~I3 C~30 ~( C~2 ) 2 ICH2)2 Cl C}I30 ~ 2 ) ( CH2 ) 3 1~4654~;
_ _ .
A. 2~ YdroxYPyrrolidin-l-Yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dim_thoxyquinazoline hvdrochloride A mixture of 4-amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-J 5 quinazoline (5.48 g., 0.020 mole) and 3-pyrrolidinol (2.18 g., 0~025 mole) in 150 ml. of isoamyl alcohol is heated at reflux for five hours then cooled in ice.
The precipitated product is collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization to obtain the title compound.
B. 2-~4-(2-Ethoxvethoxy)Piperidin-l-Yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7~8-dimethoxYquinazoline hYdrochloride 4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (4.9 g.), 4-~2-ethoxyethoxy)piperidine (3.2 g.~ and triethylamine ~10 ml.) in n-butanol ~400 ml.) are heated at reflux overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture is then cooled, evaporated in vacuo, and the residue basified (aqueous Na2CO3) and extracted 3 times with chloroform. The combined 2~ chloroform extracts are evaporated and the residue chromatographed on neutral alumina to give the crude product which is converted to the hydrochloride salt by treatment with hydrogen chloride in ethanol to af~ord the title compound.
C. By the above procedures the following compounds are similarly provided from the appropriate starting materials in each case.
NH
yl ~ ' 2 ~ ~ N 2 ~L14654~, yl y2 y3 NRlR2 ~(CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N ~CHOH
(CH2)2/
~ CH2 Cl CH30 CH30 N CHOCH3 (CH2)3 (CH2)3 Cl CH30 C~30 N CHOCH2(CX2)4CX3 (CH2)3 ~(CH2)2\
5 H CH30 CH30 N \ CHOC6H, (CH2)2 (CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N \ CHO(4-ClC6H4) (CH2)3 H CX30 CH30 N CHO(2-BrC6H4) (CH2)2
~CO
C1 CH30 C 3 ~
~'S~CO
Cl CH30 H
I
~CO
CO
H CH30 CH30 ~ I ~
~CO
465i4~
yl y2 y3 Cl C~30 ~-CO
Cl CH30 CH3~
@~-C~I2CO
Cl C~30 CH3~ ~ ~ CH2C
~ CH30 CH30 ( --CH2CC) C~30 CH3~
Q~ CH2co Cl CH30 Q--CH2co Cl CH30 H l~ydroxy-2-naphthoyl H CR30 C~3o 4-chloro-1-naphthylmethyl-car~onyl 10 Cl C~30 CH3- ~ ~C0 Cl CX30 CH30 N
co H CH30 C 3o NL_ C~3S-~'C0 H CH30 C~30 N_ ~lo!l~ co Cl C~30 H N
CH3S-lOJ~ CO
3 ~N-~
Cl CH30 CH30 N-N
CH3S-~S~ C0 654~.
Y ~ Y W
Cl CH30 H ~
H CO
C~30 CH30 ~CO
Cl C~30 ~ N CO
N~NHcooc2Hs 3 CH30 ~ CO
Cl C~30 ~ CX30CO
3 CH30 CH3~C~2)sCH20CO
Cl C~30 c~3o cyclohexyl OCO
H C~30 c~3o ~OCX2CH20CO
Cl 3o ~ (cR3)2c(oH)cx2cH2oco 3 C~3~ rc6H4cH2oco 3 CH30 1-hydroxy-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH3~ CH30 C 2 C(CH3)C~20Co Cl C~30 R CR3cH=c(cH3~cH2oco Cl C2H50 ~ cyclopropyl-OCO
C1 n~C3H7 ~ cyclohexyl-OCO
H n-C3H70 n C3~70 cycloheptyl-OCO
Cl C~3o c~3o cyclooctyl-OCO
Cl C2H50 C2H50 C~3c~(oH)cH2oco C2H5 C2EI50 2-cH3c6H4cH2oco Cl CH30 CR30 3-CF3C6H4cH2oco Cl CH30 CH30 CH30C6H4CH20C
C1 CH30 H 4-ROC6H4cH2oco Cl C~30 ~ 3SO2c6H4c~20co H C~30 CH30 4-cH3so2NHc6H~cH2oco H CH30 CH30 4-chloro-1-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH30 H l-fluoro-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
Cl CH30 CH30 3-hydroxy-2-naphthylmethyl-OCO
654~J
Cl CH30 C~30 2-methyl-1-naphthylmethyl-OcO
R C~30 CH30 1-methoxy- 2-naphthylmethyl-OcO
Cl CH30 H 4-trifluoromethyl-1-naphthyl-J methyl-OCO
Cl ca3o ~ 20CO
Cl CH30 C~30 2 3 ~CH20CO
CH30 C~30 2 3 ¢~- OCH20CO
Cl C~30 C~30 ~3' OCH20CO ~
~ C~30 C~30 Q~c~2oco Cl Ch30 CH30 ~C~I OCO
Cl CH30 R ~O 2 OlCH OCO
Cl 3o ~ 2 ~ OCO
Cl CH30 H ~ CH20C
¢~OlCH20CO
Cl C2H50 R .
~ CH OCO
Cl CH30 C~30 2 ~CH20CO
, : , - :
, ~ 11 46S~fi, yl y2 y3 H CH30 CH30 ~ 'C0 Cl CH30 CH30 ~ 'C0 Cl CH30 H ~ C0 H CH30 CH30 ~ CH2C
Cl CH30 CH30 ~ CH2C
Cl CH30 H ~ CH2 H CH30 CH30 ~ 'CH2c ~1~6546 A. 3-Chloro-4-methoxy-6-isothiocyanatobenzonitrile _ To a solution of 27.4 g. (O.lS mole~ of 6-amino-3-chloro-4-methoxybenzonitrile in 150 ml. of 1,2-dichloro-ethane at 0-5C. is added with stirring a mixture of 23 g. (0.2 mole) thiophosgene, 100 ml. 1,2-dichloroethane, 20 g. (0.2 mole) calcium carbonate and 200 ml. o~ water. After the addition the mixture is stirred for one hour at 0-5C., warm~d to 20C. and stirred for 6 hours at this temperature and finally at 35C. for an hour. The reaction mixture is filtered and the organic layer separated, washed with dilute hydrochloric acid, water and dried ~MgSO4). The ~olve~t is removed by evaporation and the residue used without purification in the next step.
B. 3-Chloro-4-methoxy-6-lhomomorPholin-4-Yl)thiocarb-amidobenzcnitrile - To 11.3 g. ~0.05 mole) of the above residue dis801ved in 65 ml. of ethyl acetate is slowly added w~th gtirring at 0C., a solution of 5.1 g. (O.OS
mole) o~ homomorpholine in an equal volume of the same sol~ent. The resulting mixture is cooled to -25C.
and al lowed to stand overnight. The precipitate is collected by filtration, washed with cold ethyl acetate and dried to obtain the desired product.
C. ~3-Methoxy-4-chloro-6-cyanoPhenyl)-(homomorpholin 4-yl)-methYlthioformamidate In 200 ml. of diglyme (diethylene glycol dimethyl-ether) is di~sol~ed 16.3 g. (O.OS mole) of 3-chloro-4-methoxy-6-(homomorpholin-4-yl)-thiocarbamidobenzo-nitrile and 14.2 g. (0.1 mole) of methyl iodide and the mixture heated at reflux (60C.) for eight hours then cooled to room temperature. The resulting mixture is filtered, the solid product washed with ether and dried to obtain the hydroiodide salt of the title compound.
- ~1 46~4~
The hydroiodide salt is dissolved in lS0 mI. of methanol and 90 ml. of 25~ ammonium hydroxide is added with stirring. The resulting mixture is stirred for two hours at 0C., filtered and washed with ether to obtain the title compound as the free base.
) D. 2-(Homomo~holin-4-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxY-~uinazoline ~ To a solution of 3.4 ~. (0.01 mole) o~ the free.
base obtained in Part C, above, in 75 ml. o~ formamide is added 1.3 g. of sodium amide and the resultin~
~olution is cooled to 0C. and saturated with ammonia gas. The cold solution is warmed slowly over 2-3 hours to 120C., then maintained at this temperature for 4 hours~ The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature, 100 ml. of ice-water added, the mixture extracted with chloroform, the extrac~s washed with water, dried and evaporated to dryness. The crude residual product is purified by crystallization.
Employing one of the procedures o~ Examples 4, 8, 9 a~d 17, the following compounds are prepared from the appropriate starting materials.
NH
~ N
y~N~l 1 2 1~654~, yl y2 Y3 Rl R2 ~ CH30 CH30 H CR
Cl CH O CH O H 3 1 5 Cl CH30 H 3 H (CH3)2CR
Cl . 2 5 ~ CH3 (CH3)2CHCH~C~3) 8 C~30 ccC~83300 C~3(CH2)3CH2 C8 CH
Cl 3 3 CH c~clopropyl CR39 C~3o R 3 cyclopentyl ~ CH30 C~30 cyclopropyl cyclopro~yl Cl CH300 CH30 cyclohexyl cyclohexyl Cl CH3 ~ cyclohexyl cyclooctyl C1 C~30 H CR2=~H-CH2 CH2~CHCH
Cl 3 CH2 C(CH3)CH2 CH C(CR ~CH
Cl CH30 CH30 R 3 CH2=cHcH2 H CH30 CH3O CH2scHcH2 H C~30 ~3o H CH=CCH
Cl CH30 C~3o H CH~C(CH2) Cl CH30 H CH3CH2cH2 CR-CCH
Cl CH30 CH30 cyclopropyl CH3C-CCH
Cl CH30 C~3o cyclohexyl CH-CCH
R CH30 CR30 CR2=CHCH2 CH=CCH
R CH O CH O CH ' ~' 2 3 3 3~2)4CH2 CH2=C~C~
cCl CH30 HCH30 cyclooctyl CH3CH=C~cH2 3 3(C~2)3cH2 (CH ) C=CHCH
Cl 3 ~ HOCH CH 3 2 2 ~ CH30 CH O 2 2 HOCH2CH2 C1 CR30 C~330 H HOCH2CH
Cl ccH330o H HO(CH2)5 HO(CH2)5 H CH30 CH30 3 HocH2cH2cH2 ~1 4654~
yl y2 y3 Rl R2 Cl CH30 CH30 cyclohexyl CH3cH(oH)cH2 Cl CR30 }I CH2 ~C~CH2 ( CH3 ) 2 C ( OH ) CH2 R CE~30 CH30 CH-CCH HO ( CEI2 ) 5 5 H CR30 C~3o cyclopropyl HOC~2CH2 J EXAMPLE _~: g A. 2-(3-ThiazolidinYl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline ~IYdrochloride A mixture of 4.8 g. (0.02 mole) of 4-amino-2-chloro-7,~-aimethoxyquinazoline and 4.5 g. (0.05 mole) of thiazolidine in 50 ml. of chlorobenzene is heated at reflux for 18 hours, cooled to room temperature and the precipitate collected by filtration to give the title compound which was purified by recrystallization.
B. 2-~3-Thiaz ~ mino-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline S-oxide The product obtained in Part A, 1.0 g., is converted to the free base by partitioning between dilute aqueous sodium hydroxide and methylene chloride.
The organic extracts are dried a~d concentrated in vacuo to 100 ml~ To the methylene chloride solution of free base at 0C. i9 added dropwise over 15 minutes a solution of 0.60 g. of m-chloroperbenzoic acid in 25 ml. of the same solvent. A~ter stirring for 2 hours at 0C. the reaction mixture is washed with dilute sodium bicarbonate and water. The organic extracts are dried lNaso4) and evaporated to dryness in vacuo to o~tain the title S-oxide which purified by recrystallization, if desired.
The title compound is also obtained by the procedure of Part A, above, when thiazolidine-S-oxide i9 employed as starting material in place o~ thiazolidine.
14654~
C. 2-(3-Thiazoli~d~pyl)-4-amino-7~8-dim~t ~ ine SlS-Dioxide A mixture of 9.6 g. (0.04 mole) o~ 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 10.0 g. of thiazolidine S,S-dioxide in 200 ml. of chlorobenzene is heated at .~ reflux for 24 hours, cooled to room temperature and the product collected by filtration. The crude title ~ompound is purified, if desired, by recrystallization.
D. Employing the above procedures or those o~ Examples 4, B or 17 the following compounds are similarly obtained from the appropriate starting materials.
rl ~11~ NRl yl ~2 ~ NRlR2 CR
C830 C~3o ~( 2)2 ~C~2)2 15 Cl 30 ~ f ~2)2 (CR2)2 Cl CH30 C~30 J 2~2 ~CR2)2 R CH30 C~3o ~ CH
(C~2)3 Cl CH30 ~ ~ 2 (CH2)3 Cl C~3o CR30 ~(C~2)2 (CH2)3 ~1 ~654~, yl y2 y3 NR R
2H5 C2~150 /( 2)2 .~ ( CH2 13 Cl n-C3~0 _ 3 70 ~( CR2 ) 3 ~ C~2 ) 3 Cl ~30 ~ /(CR2)3 (~2)3 S H C~30 CH30 /C~I
2 ) 2 Cl ~I3 C~30 ~( C~2 ) 2 ICH2)2 Cl C}I30 ~ 2 ) ( CH2 ) 3 1~4654~;
_ _ .
A. 2~ YdroxYPyrrolidin-l-Yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dim_thoxyquinazoline hvdrochloride A mixture of 4-amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-J 5 quinazoline (5.48 g., 0.020 mole) and 3-pyrrolidinol (2.18 g., 0~025 mole) in 150 ml. of isoamyl alcohol is heated at reflux for five hours then cooled in ice.
The precipitated product is collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization to obtain the title compound.
B. 2-~4-(2-Ethoxvethoxy)Piperidin-l-Yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7~8-dimethoxYquinazoline hYdrochloride 4-Amino-2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline (4.9 g.), 4-~2-ethoxyethoxy)piperidine (3.2 g.~ and triethylamine ~10 ml.) in n-butanol ~400 ml.) are heated at reflux overnight under an atmosphere of nitrogen. The mixture is then cooled, evaporated in vacuo, and the residue basified (aqueous Na2CO3) and extracted 3 times with chloroform. The combined 2~ chloroform extracts are evaporated and the residue chromatographed on neutral alumina to give the crude product which is converted to the hydrochloride salt by treatment with hydrogen chloride in ethanol to af~ord the title compound.
C. By the above procedures the following compounds are similarly provided from the appropriate starting materials in each case.
NH
yl ~ ' 2 ~ ~ N 2 ~L14654~, yl y2 y3 NRlR2 ~(CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N ~CHOH
(CH2)2/
~ CH2 Cl CH30 CH30 N CHOCH3 (CH2)3 (CH2)3 Cl CH30 C~30 N CHOCH2(CX2)4CX3 (CH2)3 ~(CH2)2\
5 H CH30 CH30 N \ CHOC6H, (CH2)2 (CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N \ CHO(4-ClC6H4) (CH2)3 H CX30 CH30 N CHO(2-BrC6H4) (CH2)2
11~654fi yl y2 y3 NRlR
Cl CH30 H N ~HO~CF3 /(CH2)2 Cl C~30 H NCHO (CH2)30CH3 (CH2)2 ~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 ~(CH ) /
~(CH2)2~
S Cl CH30 X N CHOCH2CH2S(CH2)3CH3 ~ CH2)2~
Cl CH30 H N ~ HOCH2CH25C6H5 Cl CH30 (CE2)2 Cl CH30 H N CHOCH2CH2NHCH3 (CH2)2 H CH30 N / ~cHocx2NHcH2(cH2)2cH3 (CH2)3 10 H CH30 CH N / ~ CHoc~2cH2~l(cH3)2 \ (CH2)2 65~
yl y2 y3 NRlR2 ~(CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N CHOCH2CH2cH2N(cH3~C6~5 (CH2)2 (CX2)2 Cl CH30 CH30 ~ CHOCH2CH2Br (CH2)2 Cl CX30 CH3G N CXOCH21C~C~3 (CH2)2OH
~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 CX30 ~ CXOCH2CH(CH2)3CH3 (CH2)3 OCH3 ~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 H N CHOCH2CH2S02CH3 (CH2)2 ~(CH2)2 Cl C 3 N \ CHOCX2CXCH2CH3 (CH2)2 NHS02CH3 11465~
yl y2 y3NRl R2 ~(C~I2)2 H CH30 CH30N~ CHocH2ocR2cH ( CH3 ) 2 (CX2)2 - Cl ~:X30 }I N ~ CHOCH2CH2N ( CH3 ) CH
~C~2)~ ICH3 Cl CEI30 ~I N CHocH2cH-NH(cH2)3cH3 (C~2)2 ~ 114654~
A. 2 ~ 1eneimin-l-Yl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxY-quinazoline hydrochloride To 500 ml. of isoamyl alcohol is added 23.9 g.
S (0.10 mole) 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 14.0 g. I0.11 mole) octamethyleneimine and the mixture is heated at reflux for 3.5 hours. After cooling, the precipitated solid is collected, washed with ether and dried to obtain the title compound.
B. By employing the above proced~re with the appropriate starting materials in each case the following compounds are similarly provided.
Y ~ 1 where p = 1-3 y2~N N~ C~2)2p~-n n - 2,3 . yl y2 y3 2 P~n H CH30 C~3 4 Cl C~3o C~30 5 ~ Cz~50 C2~5o 6 Cl C2H50 C2H5 7 H n-C3H7o _ C3H70 8 Cl iso-c3H7o H 9 Cl C~30 ~ 4 Cl CH30 H 5 Cl CH30 C~30 4 ~ CH30 CH30 5 1~4654~
2 ~ ~ 4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline Eguimolar amounts (0.10 mole) of 7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-~1~,3R)-quinazolinedione and phosphorous oxychloride are stirred at room temperature overnight and the ~olatiles evaporated in vacuo to afford a residue of 2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4t3~)-quinazolineone which is purified by washing with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extraction with chloroform and evaporation o solvent~
To the residue is added a solution of 0.10 mole of 3-methylpiperidine in 300 ml. of isoamyl alcohol and the mixture heated at reflux for three hours, the solvent is then evaporated in vacuo to afford 2-(3-methylpiperidin-l-yl)-7,8-dimethoxy-4(3~)-quinazolineone hydrochloride. To thi~ is added 150 ml. of phosphorous oxychloride and the resulting mixture is heated at reflux for two hour~. The liquids are evaporated to give~a residue of 2-(3-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride. The product is di~solved in dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with chloroform, dried ~Na2S04) and the solvent evaporated.
The above product is dissolved in 350 ml. of tetrahydrofuran and a solution of anhydrous ammonia (5.3 g.) in the same solvent is added. The mixture i~ stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, the precipitate collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization to obtain the title compound.
11~6546 EXAMP~E 23 2-(3-n-Rexylpyrrolidin-l-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline To 12 grams of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-(1~,3H)-quinazolinedione in 200 ml. of pyridine is added 30 g. of phosphorous pentasulfide and the mixture is refluxed with continuous stirring for five hours. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue decomposed with hot water. The solid material is filtered to obtain 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4~ ,3H)-~uinazolinedithione~
To 0.1 mole of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-(1~,3~)-guinazolinedithione in 220 ml. lN potassium hydroxide solution and 100 ml. methanol, is added ~lowly with stirring, 0.22 mole of methyl iodide.
The mixture i8 heated on a steam bath for 2 hours, cooled, and the resulting precipitate is filtered from the mixture. The product is 6-chloro-2,4-dimethylmercapto-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline.
To 0.1 mole of 6-chloro-2,4-dimethylmercapto-7,8-dimethoxyguinazoline in 200 ml. of tetrahydrofuran is added a solution of 0.1 mole of anhydrous ammonia in tetrahydrofuran. ~he mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and the precipitate which forms i5 collected and recrystallized rom dimethyl-formamide/water to yield 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline.
A mixture of 0.1 mole of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 0.12 mole of 3-n-hexylpyrrolidine in isoamyl alcohol is heated at reflux for 16 hours, cooled, washed with water and the organic phase is concentrated in vacuo. ~exane is slowly added to the residue and the solid title compound is collected and purified, if desired by ~ilica gel column chromatography.
~L46S46 E~AMPLE 24 2-[4-(2,3-Dihydro-4H-benzopyran-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride To 0.10 mole of 2-(piperazin-1-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline in 300 ml. of methanol is added with vigorous stirring, 0.10 mole of 2,3-dihydro-4H-benzopyran-2-carboxylic acid chloride.
After the addition is complete, the mixture is stirred for three hours at room te~perature and the precipitated title compound is collected by filtration.
1~654~
EXAMPL~ 25 2-Diethylamino-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxYquinazoline To 0.1 mole of 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzonitrile in dimethylformamide (300 ml.) is added 0.5 mole of N,N-diethylguanidine and the mixture is heated at 150C. for 12 hours. The solution is concentrated in vacuo to a small volume and poured into ice-water.
The precipitated solid is collected by filtration and the crude product purified by silica qel column chroma~o-graphy.
When 2-amino-5-chloro-4-methoxybenzontrile or 2-amidino-5-chloro-4-methoxyaniline is employed in the above reaction in place of 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzo-nitrile the same compound is obtained.
2-~N-methyl-N-cyclohexylamino~-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline A. To 5 liters of ethanol containing 0.2 mole of sodium ethoxide is added slowly with stirring 0.1 mole each of phenol and 2,4,6-trichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline. The mixture is heated to boiling then allowed to stand at room temperature overnight, poured into ice-water, stirred 15 minutes and the precipitate collected by filtration. The cake is washed with water, then cold ethanol, dried and recrystallized from ethanol/hexane to o~tain 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-ethoxyquinazoline.
B. A mixture of 0.1 mole of the above product and 0.11 mole of N-methylcyclohexylamine in 350 ml. o~
ethanol is heated at reflux for three hours, cooled and poured into dilute aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The precipitated product is extracted with chloroform and the extracts evaporated to dryness to obtain 2-~N-methyl-N-cyclohexylamino)-4-ethoxy-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline suitable for use in the next step.
..
C. To 0.1 mole of the product of Part B in 300 ml.
of tetrahydrofuran, anhydrous ammonia is passed through until the mixture has absorbed 0.11 mole. The mixture is then stirred for 24 hours at room temperature, then heated at reflux for two hours and cooled in ice.
The precipitated solid is collected by filtration to afford the title compound which may be purifie~, if desired, by recrystallization or by chromatography.
D. When 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-methyl-thio-quinazoline ~prepared from the corresponding 2,4,6-trichloro- compound and methylmercaptan in the presence of sodium ethoxide by the procedure of Curd et al., J. Chem. Soc., 775-783 11947) for 2-chloro-4-methylthio-quinazoline) i5 u~ed in place of 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-ethoxyquinazoline in Part B, above, and the resulting product carried through the above procedures the title compound is similarly obtained.
-~3-__ 2-(Morp~olin-4-yl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline~drochloride To 500 ml. of methylethylketone is added 0.1 mole S of 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 0~12 mole of morpholine and the mixture is refluxed overnight.
After cooling in ice-water the solid precipitated is collected by filtration, washed with ether and air dried to obtain the title compound.
When the appropriate starting materials are employed in each case in the above procedure or any of the procedure3 of Examples 17, or 22-26, the following compounds are likewise obtained.
Y~Cn2 )?
15 yl y2 y3 m n ~ CH30 CH30 2 3 Cl C2H50 CH30 2 2 Cl n-C3H70 ~ 3 3 Cl c~3o H 2 2 Cl C~30 ~ 2 3 Cl C~30 C~3o 2 3 ~ C~3o CH30 3 3 Cl C2H50 C2H5 3 3 . 1146~
A . - ~H2 C-N/--\NC~h~-- I~N
~I /~NH NHJ ~J O OCR
-- 3 OCE~3 2 ~ICl OCH3 To a ~tirred solution of 1.78 g. (0.01 mole3 3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile in 30 ml. of N,N-dimethylformamide is added 2.88 g. (0.01 mole) ethyl 4-~2-furoyl)piperazin-l-ylformimidate hydro-chloride followed by 855 mg. (0.02 mole) of a 56.1%
dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil~ T~e reaction mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes, and then it is heated to ca. 100C.
and maintained at that temperature for 12 hours~ The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with an exce~s sf water, and then extracted with chloroform. The chloroform extract is washed several times with water, dried using anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated to dryness in vacuo. This affords crude 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-~2-furoyl)piperazin-l-yl]qulnazoline, which is purified further by recrystallization from aqueous ethanol.
B. The above procedure i~ repeated, except that the ethyl 4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-l-ylformimidate hydrochloride used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of:
ethyl 4-allylpiperazin-1-ylformimidate methane-sulfonate, methyl 4-benzoylpiperazin-1-ylformimidate hydrochloride, i~opropyl 4-~3-furoyl)piperazin-1-ylformimidate hydrochloride, methyl 4-(allyloxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-ylthio-formimidate hydroiodide, ~146S~, ethyl 4-~2-methylprop-2-enyloxycarbonyl)piperazin- :
1-ylthioformimidate hydrobromide and ethyl- 4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl)-piperazin-l-ylthioformimidate hydrobromide, respectively.
This affords:
J 7,~-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-(4-allylpiperazin-1-yl)-quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-l4-benzoylpiperazin-1-yl)quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-t4-(3-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl~quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-(allyloxycarbonyl)pipera-zine-l-yl]guinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-t4-(2-methylprop-2-enyloxycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]quinazoline and 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-prop-l-yloxycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]quinazoline, respectively.
C. The procedure of Part A is repeated, except that the 3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of:
5-chloro-3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, 5-chloro-3,4-diethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, 5-chloro-4-methoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, or 5-chloro-4-isopropoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, to provide the following compounds, respectively, Cl ~ N
y2J~N~~
y~2 y3 C2H50 , C2H50 (CH3)2CHo ~46S4~
5-Chloro-4-methoxy-2-aminobenzamidine hydro-chloride prepared by the procedure of U.S. 3,935,21~
for analogous compounds (O.01 mole) and an equimolar amount of l-cya~o-4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazine also provided in the same reference, are dissolved in 50 ml. of anhydrous ethanol and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. A 5 ml. aliquot of triethylamine is added and the mixture is heated at reflux for 12 hours. The solvent is evaporated to provide 4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxy-2-t4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazin-l-yl]quinazoline a~ the hydrochloride salt.
EXAMP~E 30 A stirred solution of 24 ml. of concentrated sulfuric acid dissolved in an egual volume o~ water was cooled to lO-12C. and 0.015 mole of methallyl 4-(4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl)-piperazine-l-carboxylate is added in small portions with stirring. The addition is carried out at a rate sufficient to keep the reaction temperature below 20C. The resulting mixture is stirred for 15 minutes at 15-Z0C., then for two hours at 10-15C. The reaction mixture is diluted with 150 ml. o~ ice-water and adjusted to pH 10 with sodium hydroxide while maintaining the temperature below 12C. After extraction with chloroform, the combined extracts are washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue recrystal-lized to afford 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-(4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate.
~465~
2-[4-~3-hydroxypropyl)homopiperazin-1-yl~-4-amino-7~8-dimethox~quinazoline hydrochloride A. 2-Chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolinet 17 g.
and N-formylhomopiperazine, 18.2 g. are added to 1~0 ml. n-butanol and the mixture is refluxed for three hours, cooled and the precipitated solid collected by fil tration. The precipitate is washed with a small amount of ethanol and air-dried. A mixture of 13 g.
of this solid and 80 ml. of 93 (by weight) hydrochloric acid are heated at reflux for 60 minutes, then allowed to cool and the precipitate of 2-homopiperazino-4-amino 7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline is collected and purified, if de~ired, by recrystallization.
B. A mixture of 4 g. of triethylamine, 3.Q g. of 2-homopiperazino-4-amin~-7,8-dimethoxyguinazoline, 4.5 g. of 3-br~mo-1-propanol and 50 ml. of diethylene-glycol dimethylether is heated at 100-120C. with stirring for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue made alkaline ~y addition of sodium hydroxide solution. The mixture is extracted with chloroform, the extracts washed with water, dried with potassium carbonate and filtered.
The filtrate is concentrated, the residue taken up in isopropanol and a solution of hydrogen chloride in isopropanol added until precipitation is complete.
The title compound is collected by filtration and dried.
C. When an equivalent amount of 1,3-propandiol monotosylate or 1,3-propandiol monomethylsulfonate are employed in place of 3-bromo-1-propanol in Part B, above, the results are substantially the same.
6 ~ ~
~ mploying the appropriate staxting materials in each case the following compounds are prepared by the procedures of Examples 31 according to the equation Y~ CH )3 y2~(CH2)n Where a is 1 or m; m and n are 2 or 3 and Q is a leaving group such as Br, Cl, ~-toluenesul~onyloxy or methanesulfonyloxy..
l y2 y3 a n R3 Cl CH30 ~ 1 2 CH
Cl CR30 CH30 1 3 CH3(CH233 Cl C2HH50 ~2R50 22 2 (C~3)2CH(CH2)~
Cl _ C3H70 n C3~70 2 2 CH2=cHcH2 R .1-C3H70 1-C3R70 3 2 CR3cH=cHcH2 C1 30 H 3 ( 3)2C CHCH
C1 CH30 CH30 3 3 ~C-C-CH2 2 ~ CH30 CH30 3 3 CH3C-CCH2 C1 C~30 CX3O 1 2 RocH2cR2 C1 CH30 H 2 2 ~CH3)2C(OH)CR2 ~ CH30 CR30 1 2 ICH3)2C(OH)CH2CH2 Cl C~30 H 2 2 cyclopropyl Cl ~H30 CH30 2 3 cyclopentyl H CH30 C830 3 3 cyclohexyl Cl C~30 ~ 2 2 cycloheptyl C1 C~30 CR30 2 2 cyclooctyl :~L1465~t~
yl y2 y3 a n R3 H CH30 CH30 2 3 l-naphthyl H CH30 CH30 2 2 2-naphthylmethyl H CH30 CH30 2 2 4 BrC6H4CH2 C,H2 Cl CH30 CH30 1 3 ~
~HS02CH3 CH
H CH30 CX30 2 3 ~3 3 3 ~ ~2 10 H CH30 CH30 1 2 ~ ~/CH2 CF3 ~
654~.
--so--_ _ _ A. 2,3-Dimethoxyaniline obtained by the method of Gibson et al., J. Chem. Soc., 111, 79 (1917), is converted to 2,3-dimethoxy isothiocyanate according to S the procedure of Dyson et al., J~ Chem. Soc., 436 (1927) for analogous compounds.
A solution of 2,3-d~methoxy isothiocyanate ~32.1 ~., 0.164 mole) in 100 ml. of absolute ethanol is added to a stirred solution of 1-(2-furoyl)piperazine ~29.6 9., 0.164 mole) prepared by the method of Desai et al., Orq. PreP. Proced. Int., 8, 85 (1976) in 350 ml. of absolute ethanol and the mixtuxe heated at reflux for 2.5 hours. The crude 4-~Z-furoyl)piperazine-l-(N-2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)carbothioamide is isolated by evaporation of solvent in vacuo and purified by recrystallization.
B. To a suspension of 22.0 g. ~0.0586 mole) of the product obta~ned in Part A, above, in 400 ml. of methanol is added methyl iodide 8.32 g. (0.0586 mole).
The mixture is stirred at reflux for 2.5 hours, cooled to 20C., 18.7 g. of cyanamide ~0.445 mole) is added and the resulting mixture is heated at reflux for an additional 16 hours. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue made strongly basic with 4.0N
~odium hydroxide. The alkaline mixture is extracted with chloroform, the extracts washed first with water then with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The dried extract is concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue crystallized to afford 4~(2-furoyl)piperazine~l-[N-cyano-N'-~2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)]carboxamidine.
6S4~
C. Following the procedure o~ Part A, above, but employing an equimolar amount of 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl isocyanate in place of 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl isothiocyanate, there is obtained N-l2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-(~-furoyl)-J S l-piperazinecarboxamide. Reaction of this carboxamide with methyl fluorosulfonate and then with cyanamide accordin~ to the procedure of Part B, above, provides the same product obtained in Part B.
D. By employing other amines of formula RlR2NH, 10 where Rl and R2 are as shown in Examples 18 and 19 or taken together Rl and R2 are N N-W as in Examples 10 ~(CH2)a\ 7 and 16 or N\ ~ ~ as in Example 14, in the procedures (~H2)n of Parts A and B or ~art C, above, provides compounds of the following formula in like manner.
. yl~
ll NHCN
y2 ~ 'N=c-N~lR2 y3 yl~ y2, y3 have the values shown in Examples 10, 14, 16, 18 and 19.
EXAMP~E 34 4-Amino-7,8-dimethoxy-2-[4-(2-furoyl~-PiPerazin-l-Yl]quinazoline hYdrochloride A. To 10 ml. of phosphorus oxychloride is added with stirring 0.31 g. of phosphorus pentachloride (1.48 mmoles) followed by 0.54 g. (1.48 mmoles1 of 4-(2-furoyl)pipera-zine-ltN-cyano-N'-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)]carboxamidine of Example 33, Part B. The reaction mixture is heated at 95-98C. for 2.5 hours, cooled to 30C. and excess phosphorus oxychloride is evaporated ln vacuo and the residue is triturated with ice water. The aqueous phase is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product which is purified by crystallization or column chromatography.
-~2-B. When the phosphorus pentachlor~de used above is replaced by an e~u~mol~r amount of hydrogen c~loride gas, phosp~orus penta~rom~de, trifluoroacetic acid, ZnC12, FeC13! AlC13 or AlBr3 and the react~on carr~ed out at 7a-laOC. for one to three h~urs the results are substantially t~e same as ~n Part A, Tablets ~ tablet base ~s pr~pared ~y blending t~e followin~
lQ ingredients in the propos~ion by weight ind~cateds Sucro~e, U.S.P. . . . . . . . . . . 80.3 Tapioca starch. . . . . . . . s . . 13.2 Magnesium stearate. . . . . . . . . 6,5 Into this base is ~lended suficient 2-l4~C2-furoyl2.
1-piperazinyl]-4-amino-~-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride to pro~ide tablets containing 0.5, 1.0, 10, 100 and 250 mg. of active ingredient.
Capsules A blend is prepared containing the following ingredients:
Calcium carbonate, ~.S.P. , . . . . 17.6 Dicalcium phosphate . . . . . . . . 18.S
Magnesium trisilicate, ~.S.P. . . ~ 5.2 Lacto~e, U.S.P. . . . . . . . . ~ . 5.2 Potato starch . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Magneaium stearate A. . . . . . . . 0.8 Magnesium stearate B. . . . . . . ~ 0.35 To this blend is added suf~icient 2~14~C2~hydroxy-2-3Q ~ethylprop~l-yloxycarbonyl~p~peraz~n-l~yl]-4~amino~6 chloro~7-met~oxyqu;nazoline to prov~de formulat~ons conta;ning Q,5, 1,0, 5, la, lOQ, 250 and 500 mg. of active ingredient, and the formulatl'ons are filled into hard gelatin capsules of a su~table size.
..
~ ~ 465~, . }njecta~l~ Preparation 2-l4-L2-furo~ piperazinyl]-4~am~no~6,7~dLmet~oxy-guinazol~ne ~ydrochlor~de.is ~nt~mately mixed and --J . 5 ground with 25UQ g~ of sod.i~Dm ascor~at~ The ground dry mixture *s f*lled ~nto ~Ials, sterilized with -:
ethylene oxide and the ~ials ~ter;le stoppered. ~or ~ntraYenous adm~nis-tration sufftcient water is added to ~he vials to or~ a solution containing 10 mg. o acti~e ingredient per milliliter.
Solution A solution of 2~l4-c2-hydroxy-2~methylprop-l-yloxycarbonyl2plperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline or a pharmaceuttcally acceptable3alt thereof is prepared with the following composition:
- Ef~ective ingredient 30.22 g.
Magnesium chloride hexahydrate 12.36 g.
Monoethanolamine 8.85 ml.
Propylene glycol 376 g~
Water 94 ml.
The solution has a concentration of 50 mg./ml.
and i~ suitable for parenteral and especially for intramuscular administration.
1~ 46S~
pRE~ARATION A
4-Acetoxy-3~met~oxy~enzaldehyde (~Vl Triethylamine C2.8 lIters, 2Q~l moiesI w~s added dropwise to a solution of van~llin ~.Q0 kg., 13.15 moles~ and acet~c an~ydride ~.6 liters, 27,5 molesl _ in methylene chlor~de Ql,3 liters~ maintaining temperature ~elo~ 25C. After add~ng 4~dimethylamino-pyriaine ~a g. 1 the solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes~ The reaction mixture was washed twice with water, followed by 20% ~wfwl hydrochloric acid and ~rine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated ln vacuo to 8 liters.
~exane ~5 litersl was added slowly while removing remain~ng methylene c~loride. After cooling, 2.45 kg. ~96% yield) product was filtered off. Recrystalliza~
tion of a small sample from an~ydrous ether gave the acetate as fine yellow needles, M.P. 76-78C~
PREPARATION B
4-Acetoxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (V) Over a period of 1.5 hours 4-acetoxy-3-methoxy-benzaldehyde C1120 g., 5.77 molesl was added in small portions to 4 liters o~ red fuming ~itric acid cooled to 0C. After allowing to stir for one hour below 5C., the reaction mixture was added to large amount of ice-water and stirred an additional hour. The resulting yellow produ~t (1130 g., 82% yieldl was filtered and washPd three times with water, and was sufficiently pure for use directly in the next step.
Recrystallization from ether~cy~lohexane furnished 3Q the pure nitroalde~yde, ~P. 84-86~C.
L1 4654t;i PREPARATION C
4-HYdroxy-3-m~tnox~-2~n~tro~enzalde~yde CyI
4-Acetoxy-3-~et~oxy~2-n;tro~enzaldehyde Q12Q
g., 4,72 molesl was added portionw~se to a freshl~
S prepared 33% tw~wl NaO~ solut~on L4.5 litersL, T~e resulting slurr~ was ~e~ted on steam bat~ at 75C.
for 10 m~nutes after wh~c~ ~t was d~luted with 5 liters of water. The reaction mIxture was acidi~i~d with 6.4 liters of 6N ~ydrochloric ac~d whlle cooling, 1~ and the resulting product ~Y4 g., 85% y~eldI was filtered and ~ashed ~ith water. Recrystallization from ether/cyclohexane ga~e the desired proauct as light yellow solid, M.P. 136-137~C.
PREPARATION D
i. 3,4-Dimethoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehYde (~II) Anhydrous sodium car~o~ate ~57 g~, ~.03 moles), toluene t5 liters), 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-~-nitrobenzaldehyde Cl424 g., 7.22 molesl and dimethyl ~ulfate ~810 ml., 8.67 moles) were refluxed for 4 hour~. Toluene was removed in vacuo and the residual solid dissolved in 5 liters of ethyl acetate and 3 liters of water. The organic layer was separated, washed with 2 liters of lN NaOH and 6 liters of br~ne, decolorized with charcoal, dried over magnesium ~ulfate and filtered. ~exane ~7.6 litersl was added - slowly. After cooling in an ice bath, 1527 g. product was obtained by filtration. The crude material was recrystallized from ethanol to yield 1187 g. (78%2 of the title compound as a pale yellow solid, 60-62C, 3Q ii. By employing diethyl sul~ate in place o~
dimethyl sulfate in the above procedure, 4-ethoxy 3_ methoxy-2-nitro~enzaldehyde i9 sLmilarly o~taIned.
ii;~ W~en n~propyl ~romIde ~s employed as the alkylating agent the correspondtng 4-n-propyloxy compound is pro~ided.
~ ~ ~654~
pREPARA~ION E
3,4-Dim~t~oxY-2-n~tro~enzoic acid CYIII~
A solut~on of 823 g~ potass~um perman~anate in about 8,5 liters ~ ~2 was graauall~ added to a refluxing solution of 3,4-d~methDxy-2-n;tro~enzalde~yde (55~ g,~ 2,60 moles~ ~n 5.6 liter~ o~ acetone, The reaction m~xture was re~luxe~ ~or four more hours, then filtered t~roug~ d;atomaceous earth while hot and the filter cake washed with hot water~ The acetone was removea in ~acuo and a small amount oX
unreacted solid was flltered o~f. The a~ueous so~ution was acidified with 2~ hydrochloric acid (1.8 liters to yie7d 505 g. ~85%~ of the essentially pure title compound. Recrystallization from water afforded colorless crystals, M.P. 200-2Q2C.
PREPARATIQN F
; -- 3,4-DimethoxyanthraniliC acid (IXa, R-C~31 . _ _ _ _ A solution of 3,4-dimethoxy-2-nitro benzoic acid ~1011 g., 4;45 moles~ in 14 liters of 1.3N ammonium hydroxide was reduced at 60 psi in presence of 60 grams of palladium on barium carbonate. ~ydrogen uptake ceased after four hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth and acidi~ied with glacial acetic acid ~.2 liters~ to yield 685 2S grams (78%) of the anthranilic acid, M.P. 183-184C.
1~654~
PREPAR~TION G
4-Met~oxy anthran~lic acid G~XIIl i~ 4-C~ano-3-n~troan~sol~ ~IxI
A saturated solutron of sod~um n;tr~te ~33.5 g., Q,485 mole~ ~as added dropwise to a cooled solution of 4~methsxy-2-nitroaniline C68.0 ~, 0.4~4 molel in 300 ml. water and ~4 ml, concentrated h~dro-chloric ac~d, w~le ma~ntaining t~e temperature a~
0C. and the pH at 6 by addition of sodium carhonate.
The cold solution of diazon~um salt was added carefully t~rough a jacketed dropping funnel ~o a hot solution o~ cuprous cyanide C36.2 g.~ 0.404 mole~ and potassium cyanide ~42.1 g., 0.646 molel in 500 ml. water, with vigorous stirring and intermittent lS heating on a ste~mhath. The stirred yellow suspension was heated an additional fifteen minutes. Tbe solid was filteredi dried and dissolved in ethyl acetate, discarding the undissolved inorganic salts. After decolorization with charcoal, concentration of the ethyl acetate solution yielded 55.1 g. C71%) of br~ght yellow-orange crystals, N.P. 135-7C.
Analys~s, Percent Calc'd. for C8~6N2O3: C, 53.93; H, 3.39; N, 15.73 Found: C, 53.92; H, 3.47; N, 15.85.
ii. 4-MethoxY-2-nitrobenzoic acid (XXI) 4-Cyano-3-nitroanisole (52.3 g., 0.294 mole~ was 510wly added to a cooled solution o 53 ml. each o~
acetic acid, water and sulfuric acid. The solution was refluxed for 5 hours, and then diluted with 160 3Q ml. water. After cooling, the resulting solid was iltered and dissolved in 10% sodlum hydroxide solution.
After decolorization with charcoal t~e solution was - acidified with 6N HCl, cooled and the yellow product (51.0 g., 88% yieldl was filtered. An analytical iL14654~
sample was recrystallized from methanol~water, M.P.
196-7C.
Analysis, Percent Calc~d~ for C8~7N~5; C, 48~74;
3.58; N, 7~11 FoundO C~ 48.37; H~ 3.57; N~ 7.Q3.
iiI, 4~et~o~ ant~ran~ c ac~d (XXII~
A solution o~ 4~met~sxy 2-nitro~enzoic acid ~19.3 g., ~7O9 mmolel in 200 ml. 1~ NH4OH was xeduoed overnight in presence of 5% Pd~BaCO3. The reaction mlxture was filtered and acidified with acetic acid to yield 15.8 g. t96%1 of the anthraQilic acid, M.P.
186-18~C.
iv~ Employing 4-ethoxy-2-nitroaniline or the corresponding 4-n-propoxy- or 4-isopropoxy- compounds as starting material in the above procedures the following products are similarly sbtained~
- COO}~
f~l' Y ~ N~2 where y2 i5 ethoxy, n-propoxy or isopropoxy.
6S41/~, -_9~_ PREPARATION K
i. Met~yl-3~4-dImethDxyanthranilate ~ ydrogen c~loride was passed into a solution o~ 3,4-dimet~ox~ant~ran~lIc ac~d ao~ g~ ~ Q~Sl mole~
S in 1~5 l;~ers met~anol for 40. m~nut~s, T~e reaction mixture was re~lu~ed for 4 dayx wh~le introducing hydrogen chlortde gas interm~ttently~ ~he sol~ent was removed in ~acuo~ and t~e resIdual white solid __ .
was dissol~ed in 5Q0 ml. wat~r, cooled and bas~f~ed lQ to pH 10 with sodium hydroxide solut~on. A~ter cooling for an add~tional hour, the cream color product t.87.0 g., 82% yieldl was filtered. Recrystal-lization from methanol furnished pure product, M~P.
66-67C. 5 A~alysis, Percent Calcld. for ClQ~13N04: C, 56.86;
EI, 6.20; N, 6.63 Pound: C, 56.56; ~, 6.15; N, 6.66.
. $i. Methyl-4-methoxyantbranilate Esterification of 4-methoxy anthranilic acid as des.cribed above afforded methyl-4-methoxy-anthranilate, M.P. 77-79C., in 77~ yield.
1465g~, PREPARATION I
. .
i. 5-Chloro-3-,4~dim~thoxyant~anil~c ac~d ~Xb R = C~ ) - 3_ Sul~uryl chlorid~ aq~3 ml., 0,24 moleL was J 5 added dropw~se to a cooled $olutton of methyl ~,4~
dimethoxyanthranilate C42,2 g~, Q.2Q mole~ in 4Q0 ml.
chloroform at aoc~ Cr~e sulfur diQx;de produced was passed through a water trapl, Afte~ stirring 3 minutes at ambient temperature the solut~on was lQ refluxed for 2 hours. The black solution was treated with charcoal and the solvent was evaporated. The l~_N~R spectrum indicated that the black, oily residue was largely the desired intermediate ester.
The crude methyl ester wa~ saponified with 400 ml. 5 15 tw/v) sodium hydroxide on a steam bath for one hour.
After cooling, the basic suspension was acidified with ac~tic acid to precipitate a brown solid which was filtered and recrystallized from carbon tetra-chloride to afford light-brown crystalline product zQ ~29.0 g., 63.1% yield), N.P. 140-2C. ~Reported N.P.
142-3~C., J. Chem. Soc., 4310-4, 1964~.
Analysis, Percent Calc'd. for C9~1aClN04: C, 46.66;
~, 4.35; N, 6.05 ~ound: C, 46.45; H, 4.45; N, 5.90.
ii. 5-chloro-4-methoxyanthranilic acid (IXc, R=CH3) ~reatment of methyl-4-methoxyanthranilate with sulfuryl chloride as descri~ed above afforded methyl-4-methoxy-5-chloroanthranilate, M.P., 197-200C.
in 90% yield.
'16~
Saponi~Ication o~ methyl-4~m~thoxy-5-chloro anthran;late ~elded 5-chloro-4-methD~yanth~anilic acid in 64% y~eld, ~,P~ ~ 21Q~3~C~
~nalysis, Percent Calc~d ~or CB~8ClN~3; C~ 47~66; H, - 5 . 4~0.a; N, 6~5 Found; C~ 48.~ 4.11; N~ 6.g4.
When m~thyl 4-~th~xyanthranilate o~ ~ethyl 4-n-propyloxyant~anilate are carried throug~ the aboYe procedure 5-c~loro-4-ethoxyanthranil~c ~cid and lQ 5-chloro-4-n.propyloxyanthra~ c acid are o~taIned Ln like manner.
PREPARATION J
_ . _ When ethyl vanillin C~ethoxy-4~hydroxy~
benzaldehyde~ or pxopyl vanillin, ~4~hydroxy-3n-propyloxy~enzaldehydel are employed as startingmaterial in the proceduxe of Preparation A in pl~ce of vanillin and the resulting products carried in turn, t~rough the procedures of Preparation B F and optionally ~hlorination ~y the procedures of Prepara-tions H and I, the corresponding compounds of thefollowing formula are similarly obtained.
l3 2 yl y2 y3 yl y2 y3 H C2~50 C2H50 Cl C2H50 C2H50 H n-C3H70 n~C3H7 Cl n.C3i~70 n C3H70 ~ CH30 C2H50 Cl CH30 C2H50 H n-C3H70 CH30 Cl C2H50 CH3O
~ 2H5 CH30 Cl n~C3H7 C~3o H _~C3H70 C2H50 Cl _ C3H70 C2H50 ~1 4654~
pREPARATION R
.3.~ Tr.~.luorome~hylpRenyl~p~perid~ne i.. N.~B.enzyl-3-hydr.oxy-3~ tx; f luoromethylphenyl~
~peridine U~der anhydrous conditions, to a mi~ture of 11 g, of ~gnesium ~n 15 ml. of et~yl et~er an ~odine crystal ts added ~ollowed ~y t~e addttion of a solution o~ 100 g. of m~bromotrtfluoromethyl~enzena in 300 ml, of ether oYer a two ho~r period. The result~ng mixture i~ 5tirred ~or two hours at ambient temperature then cooled to 5C. A solution of 70 g. of N,benzyl-3-piperidone in 300 ml. of ether is added at this temperature over one hour. After stirring for lS
mi~utes at 5C. and one hour at 20-25C.~ the reaction mixture was poured onto 800 ml. of ice-water with stirring. The mixture is filtered, the organic layer extracted with 4 x 100 ml. of 1~ hydrochloric acid and once with brine. The aqueous phase is made alkaline by addition of triethylamine in the cold and the re~ulting m; Yture extracted with ethyl acetate.
The combined extracts are washed with brine, dried ~MgS04) and e~aporated to dryness. The crude product i~ purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with cyclohexane/chloroform/triethylamine C85:10~5 by ~olume) to obtain the desired product as an orange colored solid.
~14654~
i~. N 8enz~1-3-acetoxy-3~ tri~1uoromethylphenylL-piperid~ne hYdrochlor~de ~ ~xture of 37 g~ o~ NrBenzyl-3~hydroxy-3 6n~tri~luorrxmethylphenyl~piper~dine, 22Q ml, of acetic anhydride and Q.3 ml, of concentrated sulfuric acid is heated to 110C, ~or on~ ~our, After cooling it is poured onto tce-watrar, t~e resulting mixture agitated for 15 minutes and made aIkaline ~y addikion of sodium hydrox;de solutton. The mixture ls extracted lQ with ethyl acetate, the extracts washed with brine, dried ~gSO41 and evaporated to dryness to obtain 39 g. of the free ~ase. This is d;ssolved in 600 ml. of ethyl acetate, cooled in ice, and 100 ml. o~ ethanol saturated with hydrogen chloride is added. The solvent is rr~moved by evaporation in vacuo and the residue triturated with 200 ml. of ethyl acetate then 200 ml. o~ ethyl eth~r is added and the mixture allowed to stand overnight. The crystalline title compounds is collected ~y filtration, washed with ether and dried to obtain 36 g., M.P. 206-207C.
iii. The product obtained in Part ii is dissolved in 700 ml. of ethanol. Palladium-on-car~on catalyst ~40 g.) is added and the mixt~re hydrogenated at room tr~mperature. When hydrogen uptake ceases the catalyst is xemoved by filtration and solvent evaporated ~n vacuo. T~e resulting solid is washed with ether and dried to obtain 21 g. of 3-(~rtrifluoromethylphenyll-piperidine hydrochloride as colorless crystals, ~.P.
200C.
i~. Employing the appropriate cyclic aminoketone, selected from N~benzyl-3-pyrrolido~e, N-benzyl-3~
piperidine, N~enzyl-4-piperidone~ N-~enzyl-4~oxo-~1 465~.
azacycloheptane and N-benzyl-4-oxo-azacyclooctane, and the appropriate R7Hal (where Hal is Cl, Br or I]
in the above procedure the following compounds are obtained in similar manner.
~ ~2)a ~ 7 S HN ' C~R
2)n 7 a n R
1 2 CH3(CH2)5 1 2 (CH3)2CH-CH2 1 2 C6~4CH2 1 2 ClC6H4C~2 1 3 ~CH3)2CH
1 3 C~3(C~2)4 1 3 4-cH3oc6H4cH2 2 2 3-CH3So2C6H4 2 2 2-cH3so2N~c6H4cH2 2 3 C~3C~2 2 3 CH3(CH2)3 2 3 4-CF3C6~CH2 3 3 3-CH3Oc6H4 . ~1 46S~
PR~PARATION ~
i. 3-BenzoYlpiperidine hYdrochloride The method is that of ~.S. 3,576,810. To 500 ml. of thionyl chloride was added 85.6 g~ ~0~5 mole) of l-acetylnipecotic acid. The stirred mixture was heated at ca. 60C. for two hours and then the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure. The crude acid chloride ~as taken up in 200 ml. of dry benzene and the resulting solution added slowly to a mixture of 133 g. (1.0 mole) of aluminum chloride in ~00 ml, of dry benzene. After the addition was complete the mixture was refluxed one hour and then poured onto cracked ice. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with benzene. The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure. The residual oil which did not crystallize on cooling was distilled at reduced pressure and the fraction boiling at 160-170C.-/.05 mm. collected. The crude product weighed 50 g. A mixture of 50 g. of the crude 1-acetyl-3-benzoylpyrrolidine and 200 ml. of 6N hydrochloric acid was refluxed 12 hours, cooled and extracted with benzene. The combined extracts were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent evaporated at reduced pressure. The residual oil weighed lS.l g. t16% yield). A portion (2.5 g.) of the free ~ase was dissolved in 50 ml. of isopropanol and treated with ethereal hydrogen chloride. The white crystalline salt which formed weighed 2.4 g. and melted at 193-195C.
4t~iS~i ii. Employing the appropriate N-acetylamino acid in place of ~-acetylnipecotic acid and benzene or the appropriately substituted benzene in each case, the following compounds are obtained by the above procedure. When R8 is O~ the startin~ material is the corre~ponding acetate and the final product is obtained after hydrolysis, if desired.
~ (C~2~a~ 8 (CH2?n b n R8 a n R8 1 2 ~ 2 2 4-CF3 1 2 4-Br 2 2 2-C~3O
1 2 4-O~ 2 3 ~-F
1 3 ~ 2 3 3-C~3SOz 1 -- 3 4-C1 3 3 ~-~
. ;~ .
~1 4fi~
-1~7-PREPARATION M
N~tl,4~8enzod~oxan-2-Gar~onyl~p~perazine 1,4-Benzod;oxan-2-car~oxyl~c acId t prepared oxidation of 2-hydroxymethyl-1,4-~enzod~oxan with s potassium permanganate in agueous potassium hydroxide at 5-15C., was con~erted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionyl chloride in the 3tandard manner.
A suspen~ion of piperazine C11.88 g.~ and sodium acetate (20.30 g.~ in a mixture of water C70 ml.~ and aceton~ (95 ml.) was stirred at 10-15C. t then concentrated hydrochloric acid was added Cabout 35 ml.) until the p~ of the solution reached 1.5.
1,4-Benzodioxan-2-carbonyl chloride C31.0 g.~ and sodium hydroxide (SN, about 45 ml.) ~ere then added portionwise while ma5ntaining the temperature at 10-15C., the sodium hydroxide maintaining the pH at 1.7-2.2. After the addition was co~plete, the pH was adjusted to 2.0 by the addition of sodium hydroxide, the suspension was stirred for a further ~0 minutes.
Water was then added until a homogeneous solution resulted, the acetone removed in vacuo, and the aqueous phase was basified to pH 8-9 with sodium hydroxide (5N), re-extracted with chloroform ~3 x 200 ml.~ ana the extracts washed with water, dried ~MgS04~
and evaporated in ~acuo. The oily residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, treated with ethereal hydrogen chloride, eYaporated in ~acuo and the solid residue triturated with ether, followed by recrystallization from methanol to give N-(1,4-~enzodioxan-2-ca~bonyl~, piperazine hydrochloride C4.85 g.~, ~.P. 265r267C~
1 4654~
PK~ARATION N
~Ac~ty1-4-allyloxypi~perIdi:n~
A solution o~ N-acetyl-4-hydroxypiperid;ne CloO g.~ in dimethyl~ormam~de C~50 ml.l was added dropwise to sodium hydr;de C38 g., Sa% mineral oil dispersLon] under an atmosp~ere of n;trogen. The mlxture was stirred for 2 ~our~ t~en allyl bromide (93 g.) wa~ added slo~ly whilst mainta~ning the reaction temperature at 25C. ~y external cooling.
T~e m~xture wa~ then stirred at room temperat~re overnight, diluted with isopropanol C~Q ml.~ and ether ~00 ml.2, filtered, and evaporated in vacuo, Distillation of the residue ga~e N.acetyl-4-allyloxy-piperidine a08.8 g.2, B.P. 128~C./2 mm., identi~ied spectroscopically.
PREPAR~TI~N O
4-~2-Methoxy~n-pro~oxy)Piperidine A solut~on of N-acetyl-4-allyloxypiperidine (6.4 g.) i~ dry methanol Q0 ml.~ is added drop~ise to a stirred suspension of mercuric acetate U1.5 g.) in methanol (50 ml.~ at room temperature. After 20 minutes the mercuric acetate is dissolved and the mixture is stirred for a further 40 minutes, cooled in ice-water, and sodium hydroxide C20 ml., 5N~ i5 2S then added. A yello~ precipitate formed during the addition. A solution o~ sodium boro~ydride a.3 ~.) ~n sodium hydroxide (20 ml., 5N) is then added, the mlxture stirred for 10 minutes, and acetic acid added to bring the pH to 6. The mlxture i9 fil~ered 4rom precipitated mercury, the ethanol evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting aqueous p~ase extracted with chloroform.
The organ;c extracts are dried ~a2SO4J, evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting crude residue taken up in met~anol c5a ml. ~ and ~eated under reflux overnight ~14654fi --1 os--with sodium hydroxide C2Q ml., 5Nl and water C2Q ml.2.
Most of the alco~ol is then re~oved ~n Yacuo~ th~
aqueous layer extracted w~th ether, t~e extracts dried CNa2SO41 and evaporated to leave a res~due~
The residue is treated with hydrochlor~c acid ~0 ml., 2NI and heated on a steam ~ath ~or la hours~
The mixture is t~en washed w~th et~ert the aqueous phase basified CNa2co3)~ extracted ~ith ether and the organic extract dr~ed oWa2S041 and evaporated to lQ leave a resiude. Dtstillation of t~e residue a~
reduced pressure affords the title compound~
PRE~ARATION P
4-(2-~ydroxy-n-propoxy~p~per~dine .
N-Acetyl-4-allyloxypiperidine C18 g.) in tetrahydro-furan ~30 nl.~ was added dropwise to a stirred yellow suspension o~ mercuric acetate C34 g.~ in a mixt~re of water (120 ml.~ and tetrahydrofuran (12~ ml.l~ The suspen~ion dissolved during the add~t~on and the resulting clear solution was stirred at room temperature 2a for 20 minute~, then sodium hydroxide C70 ml., SN) was added, acc~mpanied by ice/water cooling. The intermediate thus obtained was then reduced by the addition of sodiu~ ~orohydride C2 g.~ in sodium hydroxide (40 ml., SN), the excess hydride being de~troyed a~ter 10 minutes with glacial acetic acid.
The liguid phase was then decanted of~, saturated with sodium chloride, the organic phase separated, and the remaining aqueous layer extracted four times with chloroform. The combined organic phases were dried GNa2so4~ and evaporated in vacuo to leave a colorless oil ~3 g.~.
, '. '., . ' ' ' . ' .
, ~14654~
This o;l was stirred wIth 5N sodium hydxoxide at room temperature ~or 16 hours~ then at 100~C~ for 2 hours. The solut;on was then extracted wit~ c~loroform (four time~, the com~ined extracts dried Q~a2SV4)~
S and evaporated ~n Yacuo ~o le~e a crude cx~st~ll;ne product ~6~1 g~, Th~s Yas ta~en up in methylene chloride, filtered, evaporated, and the res~due triturated wit~ petroleum ether C3.P~ 4Q/60C,~ to yield 4-t2-hydroxy-n-propox~lpiperidine ~1~0 g.~, M.P. 55-57C. T~e oxalate salt thereof was prepared by combining ethereal solutions of the two reactants and recrystallized from iso~ropanol, M.P 104-105~.
PREPM AT~ON Q
4-~3-NethoxypropoxxlPiPeridine lS A solution of N-acetyl-4-hydroxypiperidine C30.5 g.) in dimethylformamide ~200 ml.l is added dropwise to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (11~26 g., 50~ dispersion in mineral oil) in dimethyl-formamide (300 ml.) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 20 The reaction temperature is kept below 30C. by external cooling and, after the addition is complete, stirring is continued for a further 1 1/4 hours. A
solution of l-brcmo-3-methoxypropane (35.2 g-l in dimethylformAmide ~100 ml.~ is then added dropwise with external cooling, and the resulting clear solution is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is then evaporated i~ vacuo, the residue partitioned between water and chloro~orm, the organic extracts dried 0~a2SO4l and evaporated to leave a 3Q crude residue. The abo~e aqueous phase is saturated with sodium chloride, ~urther e~tracted with chloroform, and the organic phase is dried a~a2S041, and evaporated to leave a further residue. Thts residue is combined with the original residue and heated on a steam bath overnight with hydrochloric acid (243 ml., 2N). The reaction mixture is extracted with chloro~orm to remove the residual mineral oil, the aqueous phase ..
-- ~146S~
concentrated, basified with sod~um ~ydroxide ~pE
121, then reextractea wit~ c~loro~ormO T~e. organic extracts are washed w~t~ ~r~n~, drted o~a2S04~ and evaporated to afford t~e des~red product.
Cl CH30 H N ~HO~CF3 /(CH2)2 Cl C~30 H NCHO (CH2)30CH3 (CH2)2 ~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 ~(CH ) /
~(CH2)2~
S Cl CH30 X N CHOCH2CH2S(CH2)3CH3 ~ CH2)2~
Cl CH30 H N ~ HOCH2CH25C6H5 Cl CH30 (CE2)2 Cl CH30 H N CHOCH2CH2NHCH3 (CH2)2 H CH30 N / ~cHocx2NHcH2(cH2)2cH3 (CH2)3 10 H CH30 CH N / ~ CHoc~2cH2~l(cH3)2 \ (CH2)2 65~
yl y2 y3 NRlR2 ~(CH2)2 H CH30 CH30 N CHOCH2CH2cH2N(cH3~C6~5 (CH2)2 (CX2)2 Cl CH30 CH30 ~ CHOCH2CH2Br (CH2)2 Cl CX30 CH3G N CXOCH21C~C~3 (CH2)2OH
~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 CX30 ~ CXOCH2CH(CH2)3CH3 (CH2)3 OCH3 ~(CH2)2 Cl CH30 H N CHOCH2CH2S02CH3 (CH2)2 ~(CH2)2 Cl C 3 N \ CHOCX2CXCH2CH3 (CH2)2 NHS02CH3 11465~
yl y2 y3NRl R2 ~(C~I2)2 H CH30 CH30N~ CHocH2ocR2cH ( CH3 ) 2 (CX2)2 - Cl ~:X30 }I N ~ CHOCH2CH2N ( CH3 ) CH
~C~2)~ ICH3 Cl CEI30 ~I N CHocH2cH-NH(cH2)3cH3 (C~2)2 ~ 114654~
A. 2 ~ 1eneimin-l-Yl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxY-quinazoline hydrochloride To 500 ml. of isoamyl alcohol is added 23.9 g.
S (0.10 mole) 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 14.0 g. I0.11 mole) octamethyleneimine and the mixture is heated at reflux for 3.5 hours. After cooling, the precipitated solid is collected, washed with ether and dried to obtain the title compound.
B. By employing the above proced~re with the appropriate starting materials in each case the following compounds are similarly provided.
Y ~ 1 where p = 1-3 y2~N N~ C~2)2p~-n n - 2,3 . yl y2 y3 2 P~n H CH30 C~3 4 Cl C~3o C~30 5 ~ Cz~50 C2~5o 6 Cl C2H50 C2H5 7 H n-C3H7o _ C3H70 8 Cl iso-c3H7o H 9 Cl C~30 ~ 4 Cl CH30 H 5 Cl CH30 C~30 4 ~ CH30 CH30 5 1~4654~
2 ~ ~ 4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline Eguimolar amounts (0.10 mole) of 7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-~1~,3R)-quinazolinedione and phosphorous oxychloride are stirred at room temperature overnight and the ~olatiles evaporated in vacuo to afford a residue of 2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4t3~)-quinazolineone which is purified by washing with aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extraction with chloroform and evaporation o solvent~
To the residue is added a solution of 0.10 mole of 3-methylpiperidine in 300 ml. of isoamyl alcohol and the mixture heated at reflux for three hours, the solvent is then evaporated in vacuo to afford 2-(3-methylpiperidin-l-yl)-7,8-dimethoxy-4(3~)-quinazolineone hydrochloride. To thi~ is added 150 ml. of phosphorous oxychloride and the resulting mixture is heated at reflux for two hour~. The liquids are evaporated to give~a residue of 2-(3-methylpiperidin-1-yl)-4-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride. The product is di~solved in dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate, extracted with chloroform, dried ~Na2S04) and the solvent evaporated.
The above product is dissolved in 350 ml. of tetrahydrofuran and a solution of anhydrous ammonia (5.3 g.) in the same solvent is added. The mixture i~ stirred at room temperature for 24 hours, the precipitate collected by filtration and purified by recrystallization to obtain the title compound.
11~6546 EXAMP~E 23 2-(3-n-Rexylpyrrolidin-l-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline To 12 grams of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-(1~,3H)-quinazolinedione in 200 ml. of pyridine is added 30 g. of phosphorous pentasulfide and the mixture is refluxed with continuous stirring for five hours. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue decomposed with hot water. The solid material is filtered to obtain 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4~ ,3H)-~uinazolinedithione~
To 0.1 mole of 6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxy-2,4-(1~,3~)-guinazolinedithione in 220 ml. lN potassium hydroxide solution and 100 ml. methanol, is added ~lowly with stirring, 0.22 mole of methyl iodide.
The mixture i8 heated on a steam bath for 2 hours, cooled, and the resulting precipitate is filtered from the mixture. The product is 6-chloro-2,4-dimethylmercapto-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline.
To 0.1 mole of 6-chloro-2,4-dimethylmercapto-7,8-dimethoxyguinazoline in 200 ml. of tetrahydrofuran is added a solution of 0.1 mole of anhydrous ammonia in tetrahydrofuran. ~he mixture is stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and the precipitate which forms i5 collected and recrystallized rom dimethyl-formamide/water to yield 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline.
A mixture of 0.1 mole of 2-methylmercapto-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 0.12 mole of 3-n-hexylpyrrolidine in isoamyl alcohol is heated at reflux for 16 hours, cooled, washed with water and the organic phase is concentrated in vacuo. ~exane is slowly added to the residue and the solid title compound is collected and purified, if desired by ~ilica gel column chromatography.
~L46S46 E~AMPLE 24 2-[4-(2,3-Dihydro-4H-benzopyran-2-carbonyl)-piperazin-l-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride To 0.10 mole of 2-(piperazin-1-yl)-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline in 300 ml. of methanol is added with vigorous stirring, 0.10 mole of 2,3-dihydro-4H-benzopyran-2-carboxylic acid chloride.
After the addition is complete, the mixture is stirred for three hours at room te~perature and the precipitated title compound is collected by filtration.
1~654~
EXAMPL~ 25 2-Diethylamino-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxYquinazoline To 0.1 mole of 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzonitrile in dimethylformamide (300 ml.) is added 0.5 mole of N,N-diethylguanidine and the mixture is heated at 150C. for 12 hours. The solution is concentrated in vacuo to a small volume and poured into ice-water.
The precipitated solid is collected by filtration and the crude product purified by silica qel column chroma~o-graphy.
When 2-amino-5-chloro-4-methoxybenzontrile or 2-amidino-5-chloro-4-methoxyaniline is employed in the above reaction in place of 2,5-dichloro-4-methoxybenzo-nitrile the same compound is obtained.
2-~N-methyl-N-cyclohexylamino~-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxYquinazoline A. To 5 liters of ethanol containing 0.2 mole of sodium ethoxide is added slowly with stirring 0.1 mole each of phenol and 2,4,6-trichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline. The mixture is heated to boiling then allowed to stand at room temperature overnight, poured into ice-water, stirred 15 minutes and the precipitate collected by filtration. The cake is washed with water, then cold ethanol, dried and recrystallized from ethanol/hexane to o~tain 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-ethoxyquinazoline.
B. A mixture of 0.1 mole of the above product and 0.11 mole of N-methylcyclohexylamine in 350 ml. o~
ethanol is heated at reflux for three hours, cooled and poured into dilute aqueous sodium carbonate solution. The precipitated product is extracted with chloroform and the extracts evaporated to dryness to obtain 2-~N-methyl-N-cyclohexylamino)-4-ethoxy-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline suitable for use in the next step.
..
C. To 0.1 mole of the product of Part B in 300 ml.
of tetrahydrofuran, anhydrous ammonia is passed through until the mixture has absorbed 0.11 mole. The mixture is then stirred for 24 hours at room temperature, then heated at reflux for two hours and cooled in ice.
The precipitated solid is collected by filtration to afford the title compound which may be purifie~, if desired, by recrystallization or by chromatography.
D. When 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-methyl-thio-quinazoline ~prepared from the corresponding 2,4,6-trichloro- compound and methylmercaptan in the presence of sodium ethoxide by the procedure of Curd et al., J. Chem. Soc., 775-783 11947) for 2-chloro-4-methylthio-quinazoline) i5 u~ed in place of 2,6-dichloro-7,8-dimethoxy-4-ethoxyquinazoline in Part B, above, and the resulting product carried through the above procedures the title compound is similarly obtained.
-~3-__ 2-(Morp~olin-4-yl)-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline~drochloride To 500 ml. of methylethylketone is added 0.1 mole S of 4-amino-2-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline and 0~12 mole of morpholine and the mixture is refluxed overnight.
After cooling in ice-water the solid precipitated is collected by filtration, washed with ether and air dried to obtain the title compound.
When the appropriate starting materials are employed in each case in the above procedure or any of the procedure3 of Examples 17, or 22-26, the following compounds are likewise obtained.
Y~Cn2 )?
15 yl y2 y3 m n ~ CH30 CH30 2 3 Cl C2H50 CH30 2 2 Cl n-C3H70 ~ 3 3 Cl c~3o H 2 2 Cl C~30 ~ 2 3 Cl C~30 C~3o 2 3 ~ C~3o CH30 3 3 Cl C2H50 C2H5 3 3 . 1146~
A . - ~H2 C-N/--\NC~h~-- I~N
~I /~NH NHJ ~J O OCR
-- 3 OCE~3 2 ~ICl OCH3 To a ~tirred solution of 1.78 g. (0.01 mole3 3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile in 30 ml. of N,N-dimethylformamide is added 2.88 g. (0.01 mole) ethyl 4-~2-furoyl)piperazin-l-ylformimidate hydro-chloride followed by 855 mg. (0.02 mole) of a 56.1%
dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil~ T~e reaction mixture is stirred at ambient temperature for 30 minutes, and then it is heated to ca. 100C.
and maintained at that temperature for 12 hours~ The reaction mixture is cooled to ambient temperature, diluted with an exce~s sf water, and then extracted with chloroform. The chloroform extract is washed several times with water, dried using anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated to dryness in vacuo. This affords crude 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-~2-furoyl)piperazin-l-yl]qulnazoline, which is purified further by recrystallization from aqueous ethanol.
B. The above procedure i~ repeated, except that the ethyl 4-(2-furoyl)piperazin-l-ylformimidate hydrochloride used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of:
ethyl 4-allylpiperazin-1-ylformimidate methane-sulfonate, methyl 4-benzoylpiperazin-1-ylformimidate hydrochloride, i~opropyl 4-~3-furoyl)piperazin-1-ylformimidate hydrochloride, methyl 4-(allyloxycarbonyl)piperazin-1-ylthio-formimidate hydroiodide, ~146S~, ethyl 4-~2-methylprop-2-enyloxycarbonyl)piperazin- :
1-ylthioformimidate hydrobromide and ethyl- 4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylprop-1-yloxycarbonyl)-piperazin-l-ylthioformimidate hydrobromide, respectively.
This affords:
J 7,~-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-(4-allylpiperazin-1-yl)-quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-l4-benzoylpiperazin-1-yl)quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-t4-(3-furoyl)piperazin-1-yl~quinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-(allyloxycarbonyl)pipera-zine-l-yl]guinazoline, 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-t4-(2-methylprop-2-enyloxycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]quinazoline and 7,8-dimethoxy-4-amino-2-~4-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-prop-l-yloxycarbonyl)piperazin-l-yl]quinazoline, respectively.
C. The procedure of Part A is repeated, except that the 3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile used therein is replaced by an equimolar amount of:
5-chloro-3,4-dimethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, 5-chloro-3,4-diethoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, 5-chloro-4-methoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, or 5-chloro-4-isopropoxy-2-aminobenzonitrile, to provide the following compounds, respectively, Cl ~ N
y2J~N~~
y~2 y3 C2H50 , C2H50 (CH3)2CHo ~46S4~
5-Chloro-4-methoxy-2-aminobenzamidine hydro-chloride prepared by the procedure of U.S. 3,935,21~
for analogous compounds (O.01 mole) and an equimolar amount of l-cya~o-4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazine also provided in the same reference, are dissolved in 50 ml. of anhydrous ethanol and stirred overnight at ambient temperature. A 5 ml. aliquot of triethylamine is added and the mixture is heated at reflux for 12 hours. The solvent is evaporated to provide 4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxy-2-t4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazin-l-yl]quinazoline a~ the hydrochloride salt.
EXAMP~E 30 A stirred solution of 24 ml. of concentrated sulfuric acid dissolved in an egual volume o~ water was cooled to lO-12C. and 0.015 mole of methallyl 4-(4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl)-piperazine-l-carboxylate is added in small portions with stirring. The addition is carried out at a rate sufficient to keep the reaction temperature below 20C. The resulting mixture is stirred for 15 minutes at 15-Z0C., then for two hours at 10-15C. The reaction mixture is diluted with 150 ml. o~ ice-water and adjusted to pH 10 with sodium hydroxide while maintaining the temperature below 12C. After extraction with chloroform, the combined extracts are washed with water and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue recrystal-lized to afford 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-(4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl)piperazine-1-carboxylate.
~465~
2-[4-~3-hydroxypropyl)homopiperazin-1-yl~-4-amino-7~8-dimethox~quinazoline hydrochloride A. 2-Chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolinet 17 g.
and N-formylhomopiperazine, 18.2 g. are added to 1~0 ml. n-butanol and the mixture is refluxed for three hours, cooled and the precipitated solid collected by fil tration. The precipitate is washed with a small amount of ethanol and air-dried. A mixture of 13 g.
of this solid and 80 ml. of 93 (by weight) hydrochloric acid are heated at reflux for 60 minutes, then allowed to cool and the precipitate of 2-homopiperazino-4-amino 7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline is collected and purified, if de~ired, by recrystallization.
B. A mixture of 4 g. of triethylamine, 3.Q g. of 2-homopiperazino-4-amin~-7,8-dimethoxyguinazoline, 4.5 g. of 3-br~mo-1-propanol and 50 ml. of diethylene-glycol dimethylether is heated at 100-120C. with stirring for 16 hours. The reaction mixture is concentrated in vacuo and the residue made alkaline ~y addition of sodium hydroxide solution. The mixture is extracted with chloroform, the extracts washed with water, dried with potassium carbonate and filtered.
The filtrate is concentrated, the residue taken up in isopropanol and a solution of hydrogen chloride in isopropanol added until precipitation is complete.
The title compound is collected by filtration and dried.
C. When an equivalent amount of 1,3-propandiol monotosylate or 1,3-propandiol monomethylsulfonate are employed in place of 3-bromo-1-propanol in Part B, above, the results are substantially the same.
6 ~ ~
~ mploying the appropriate staxting materials in each case the following compounds are prepared by the procedures of Examples 31 according to the equation Y~ CH )3 y2~(CH2)n Where a is 1 or m; m and n are 2 or 3 and Q is a leaving group such as Br, Cl, ~-toluenesul~onyloxy or methanesulfonyloxy..
l y2 y3 a n R3 Cl CH30 ~ 1 2 CH
Cl CR30 CH30 1 3 CH3(CH233 Cl C2HH50 ~2R50 22 2 (C~3)2CH(CH2)~
Cl _ C3H70 n C3~70 2 2 CH2=cHcH2 R .1-C3H70 1-C3R70 3 2 CR3cH=cHcH2 C1 30 H 3 ( 3)2C CHCH
C1 CH30 CH30 3 3 ~C-C-CH2 2 ~ CH30 CH30 3 3 CH3C-CCH2 C1 C~30 CX3O 1 2 RocH2cR2 C1 CH30 H 2 2 ~CH3)2C(OH)CR2 ~ CH30 CR30 1 2 ICH3)2C(OH)CH2CH2 Cl C~30 H 2 2 cyclopropyl Cl ~H30 CH30 2 3 cyclopentyl H CH30 C830 3 3 cyclohexyl Cl C~30 ~ 2 2 cycloheptyl C1 C~30 CR30 2 2 cyclooctyl :~L1465~t~
yl y2 y3 a n R3 H CH30 CH30 2 3 l-naphthyl H CH30 CH30 2 2 2-naphthylmethyl H CH30 CH30 2 2 4 BrC6H4CH2 C,H2 Cl CH30 CH30 1 3 ~
~HS02CH3 CH
H CH30 CX30 2 3 ~3 3 3 ~ ~2 10 H CH30 CH30 1 2 ~ ~/CH2 CF3 ~
654~.
--so--_ _ _ A. 2,3-Dimethoxyaniline obtained by the method of Gibson et al., J. Chem. Soc., 111, 79 (1917), is converted to 2,3-dimethoxy isothiocyanate according to S the procedure of Dyson et al., J~ Chem. Soc., 436 (1927) for analogous compounds.
A solution of 2,3-d~methoxy isothiocyanate ~32.1 ~., 0.164 mole) in 100 ml. of absolute ethanol is added to a stirred solution of 1-(2-furoyl)piperazine ~29.6 9., 0.164 mole) prepared by the method of Desai et al., Orq. PreP. Proced. Int., 8, 85 (1976) in 350 ml. of absolute ethanol and the mixtuxe heated at reflux for 2.5 hours. The crude 4-~Z-furoyl)piperazine-l-(N-2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)carbothioamide is isolated by evaporation of solvent in vacuo and purified by recrystallization.
B. To a suspension of 22.0 g. ~0.0586 mole) of the product obta~ned in Part A, above, in 400 ml. of methanol is added methyl iodide 8.32 g. (0.0586 mole).
The mixture is stirred at reflux for 2.5 hours, cooled to 20C., 18.7 g. of cyanamide ~0.445 mole) is added and the resulting mixture is heated at reflux for an additional 16 hours. The solvent is evaporated in vacuo and the residue made strongly basic with 4.0N
~odium hydroxide. The alkaline mixture is extracted with chloroform, the extracts washed first with water then with saturated brine and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The dried extract is concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the residue crystallized to afford 4~(2-furoyl)piperazine~l-[N-cyano-N'-~2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)]carboxamidine.
6S4~
C. Following the procedure o~ Part A, above, but employing an equimolar amount of 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl isocyanate in place of 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl isothiocyanate, there is obtained N-l2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)-4-(~-furoyl)-J S l-piperazinecarboxamide. Reaction of this carboxamide with methyl fluorosulfonate and then with cyanamide accordin~ to the procedure of Part B, above, provides the same product obtained in Part B.
D. By employing other amines of formula RlR2NH, 10 where Rl and R2 are as shown in Examples 18 and 19 or taken together Rl and R2 are N N-W as in Examples 10 ~(CH2)a\ 7 and 16 or N\ ~ ~ as in Example 14, in the procedures (~H2)n of Parts A and B or ~art C, above, provides compounds of the following formula in like manner.
. yl~
ll NHCN
y2 ~ 'N=c-N~lR2 y3 yl~ y2, y3 have the values shown in Examples 10, 14, 16, 18 and 19.
EXAMP~E 34 4-Amino-7,8-dimethoxy-2-[4-(2-furoyl~-PiPerazin-l-Yl]quinazoline hYdrochloride A. To 10 ml. of phosphorus oxychloride is added with stirring 0.31 g. of phosphorus pentachloride (1.48 mmoles) followed by 0.54 g. (1.48 mmoles1 of 4-(2-furoyl)pipera-zine-ltN-cyano-N'-(2,3-dimethoxyphenyl)]carboxamidine of Example 33, Part B. The reaction mixture is heated at 95-98C. for 2.5 hours, cooled to 30C. and excess phosphorus oxychloride is evaporated ln vacuo and the residue is triturated with ice water. The aqueous phase is filtered and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to provide the crude product which is purified by crystallization or column chromatography.
-~2-B. When the phosphorus pentachlor~de used above is replaced by an e~u~mol~r amount of hydrogen c~loride gas, phosp~orus penta~rom~de, trifluoroacetic acid, ZnC12, FeC13! AlC13 or AlBr3 and the react~on carr~ed out at 7a-laOC. for one to three h~urs the results are substantially t~e same as ~n Part A, Tablets ~ tablet base ~s pr~pared ~y blending t~e followin~
lQ ingredients in the propos~ion by weight ind~cateds Sucro~e, U.S.P. . . . . . . . . . . 80.3 Tapioca starch. . . . . . . . s . . 13.2 Magnesium stearate. . . . . . . . . 6,5 Into this base is ~lended suficient 2-l4~C2-furoyl2.
1-piperazinyl]-4-amino-~-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride to pro~ide tablets containing 0.5, 1.0, 10, 100 and 250 mg. of active ingredient.
Capsules A blend is prepared containing the following ingredients:
Calcium carbonate, ~.S.P. , . . . . 17.6 Dicalcium phosphate . . . . . . . . 18.S
Magnesium trisilicate, ~.S.P. . . ~ 5.2 Lacto~e, U.S.P. . . . . . . . . ~ . 5.2 Potato starch . . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Magneaium stearate A. . . . . . . . 0.8 Magnesium stearate B. . . . . . . ~ 0.35 To this blend is added suf~icient 2~14~C2~hydroxy-2-3Q ~ethylprop~l-yloxycarbonyl~p~peraz~n-l~yl]-4~amino~6 chloro~7-met~oxyqu;nazoline to prov~de formulat~ons conta;ning Q,5, 1,0, 5, la, lOQ, 250 and 500 mg. of active ingredient, and the formulatl'ons are filled into hard gelatin capsules of a su~table size.
..
~ ~ 465~, . }njecta~l~ Preparation 2-l4-L2-furo~ piperazinyl]-4~am~no~6,7~dLmet~oxy-guinazol~ne ~ydrochlor~de.is ~nt~mately mixed and --J . 5 ground with 25UQ g~ of sod.i~Dm ascor~at~ The ground dry mixture *s f*lled ~nto ~Ials, sterilized with -:
ethylene oxide and the ~ials ~ter;le stoppered. ~or ~ntraYenous adm~nis-tration sufftcient water is added to ~he vials to or~ a solution containing 10 mg. o acti~e ingredient per milliliter.
Solution A solution of 2~l4-c2-hydroxy-2~methylprop-l-yloxycarbonyl2plperazin-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline or a pharmaceuttcally acceptable3alt thereof is prepared with the following composition:
- Ef~ective ingredient 30.22 g.
Magnesium chloride hexahydrate 12.36 g.
Monoethanolamine 8.85 ml.
Propylene glycol 376 g~
Water 94 ml.
The solution has a concentration of 50 mg./ml.
and i~ suitable for parenteral and especially for intramuscular administration.
1~ 46S~
pRE~ARATION A
4-Acetoxy-3~met~oxy~enzaldehyde (~Vl Triethylamine C2.8 lIters, 2Q~l moiesI w~s added dropwise to a solution of van~llin ~.Q0 kg., 13.15 moles~ and acet~c an~ydride ~.6 liters, 27,5 molesl _ in methylene chlor~de Ql,3 liters~ maintaining temperature ~elo~ 25C. After add~ng 4~dimethylamino-pyriaine ~a g. 1 the solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes~ The reaction mixture was washed twice with water, followed by 20% ~wfwl hydrochloric acid and ~rine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated ln vacuo to 8 liters.
~exane ~5 litersl was added slowly while removing remain~ng methylene c~loride. After cooling, 2.45 kg. ~96% yield) product was filtered off. Recrystalliza~
tion of a small sample from an~ydrous ether gave the acetate as fine yellow needles, M.P. 76-78C~
PREPARATION B
4-Acetoxy-3-methoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehyde (V) Over a period of 1.5 hours 4-acetoxy-3-methoxy-benzaldehyde C1120 g., 5.77 molesl was added in small portions to 4 liters o~ red fuming ~itric acid cooled to 0C. After allowing to stir for one hour below 5C., the reaction mixture was added to large amount of ice-water and stirred an additional hour. The resulting yellow produ~t (1130 g., 82% yieldl was filtered and washPd three times with water, and was sufficiently pure for use directly in the next step.
Recrystallization from ether~cy~lohexane furnished 3Q the pure nitroalde~yde, ~P. 84-86~C.
L1 4654t;i PREPARATION C
4-HYdroxy-3-m~tnox~-2~n~tro~enzalde~yde CyI
4-Acetoxy-3-~et~oxy~2-n;tro~enzaldehyde Q12Q
g., 4,72 molesl was added portionw~se to a freshl~
S prepared 33% tw~wl NaO~ solut~on L4.5 litersL, T~e resulting slurr~ was ~e~ted on steam bat~ at 75C.
for 10 m~nutes after wh~c~ ~t was d~luted with 5 liters of water. The reaction mIxture was acidi~i~d with 6.4 liters of 6N ~ydrochloric ac~d whlle cooling, 1~ and the resulting product ~Y4 g., 85% y~eldI was filtered and ~ashed ~ith water. Recrystallization from ether/cyclohexane ga~e the desired proauct as light yellow solid, M.P. 136-137~C.
PREPARATION D
i. 3,4-Dimethoxy-2-nitrobenzaldehYde (~II) Anhydrous sodium car~o~ate ~57 g~, ~.03 moles), toluene t5 liters), 4-hydroxy-3-methoxy-~-nitrobenzaldehyde Cl424 g., 7.22 molesl and dimethyl ~ulfate ~810 ml., 8.67 moles) were refluxed for 4 hour~. Toluene was removed in vacuo and the residual solid dissolved in 5 liters of ethyl acetate and 3 liters of water. The organic layer was separated, washed with 2 liters of lN NaOH and 6 liters of br~ne, decolorized with charcoal, dried over magnesium ~ulfate and filtered. ~exane ~7.6 litersl was added - slowly. After cooling in an ice bath, 1527 g. product was obtained by filtration. The crude material was recrystallized from ethanol to yield 1187 g. (78%2 of the title compound as a pale yellow solid, 60-62C, 3Q ii. By employing diethyl sul~ate in place o~
dimethyl sulfate in the above procedure, 4-ethoxy 3_ methoxy-2-nitro~enzaldehyde i9 sLmilarly o~taIned.
ii;~ W~en n~propyl ~romIde ~s employed as the alkylating agent the correspondtng 4-n-propyloxy compound is pro~ided.
~ ~ ~654~
pREPARA~ION E
3,4-Dim~t~oxY-2-n~tro~enzoic acid CYIII~
A solut~on of 823 g~ potass~um perman~anate in about 8,5 liters ~ ~2 was graauall~ added to a refluxing solution of 3,4-d~methDxy-2-n;tro~enzalde~yde (55~ g,~ 2,60 moles~ ~n 5.6 liter~ o~ acetone, The reaction m~xture was re~luxe~ ~or four more hours, then filtered t~roug~ d;atomaceous earth while hot and the filter cake washed with hot water~ The acetone was removea in ~acuo and a small amount oX
unreacted solid was flltered o~f. The a~ueous so~ution was acidified with 2~ hydrochloric acid (1.8 liters to yie7d 505 g. ~85%~ of the essentially pure title compound. Recrystallization from water afforded colorless crystals, M.P. 200-2Q2C.
PREPARATIQN F
; -- 3,4-DimethoxyanthraniliC acid (IXa, R-C~31 . _ _ _ _ A solution of 3,4-dimethoxy-2-nitro benzoic acid ~1011 g., 4;45 moles~ in 14 liters of 1.3N ammonium hydroxide was reduced at 60 psi in presence of 60 grams of palladium on barium carbonate. ~ydrogen uptake ceased after four hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth and acidi~ied with glacial acetic acid ~.2 liters~ to yield 685 2S grams (78%) of the anthranilic acid, M.P. 183-184C.
1~654~
PREPAR~TION G
4-Met~oxy anthran~lic acid G~XIIl i~ 4-C~ano-3-n~troan~sol~ ~IxI
A saturated solutron of sod~um n;tr~te ~33.5 g., Q,485 mole~ ~as added dropwise to a cooled solution of 4~methsxy-2-nitroaniline C68.0 ~, 0.4~4 molel in 300 ml. water and ~4 ml, concentrated h~dro-chloric ac~d, w~le ma~ntaining t~e temperature a~
0C. and the pH at 6 by addition of sodium carhonate.
The cold solution of diazon~um salt was added carefully t~rough a jacketed dropping funnel ~o a hot solution o~ cuprous cyanide C36.2 g.~ 0.404 mole~ and potassium cyanide ~42.1 g., 0.646 molel in 500 ml. water, with vigorous stirring and intermittent lS heating on a ste~mhath. The stirred yellow suspension was heated an additional fifteen minutes. Tbe solid was filteredi dried and dissolved in ethyl acetate, discarding the undissolved inorganic salts. After decolorization with charcoal, concentration of the ethyl acetate solution yielded 55.1 g. C71%) of br~ght yellow-orange crystals, N.P. 135-7C.
Analys~s, Percent Calc'd. for C8~6N2O3: C, 53.93; H, 3.39; N, 15.73 Found: C, 53.92; H, 3.47; N, 15.85.
ii. 4-MethoxY-2-nitrobenzoic acid (XXI) 4-Cyano-3-nitroanisole (52.3 g., 0.294 mole~ was 510wly added to a cooled solution o 53 ml. each o~
acetic acid, water and sulfuric acid. The solution was refluxed for 5 hours, and then diluted with 160 3Q ml. water. After cooling, the resulting solid was iltered and dissolved in 10% sodlum hydroxide solution.
After decolorization with charcoal t~e solution was - acidified with 6N HCl, cooled and the yellow product (51.0 g., 88% yieldl was filtered. An analytical iL14654~
sample was recrystallized from methanol~water, M.P.
196-7C.
Analysis, Percent Calc~d~ for C8~7N~5; C, 48~74;
3.58; N, 7~11 FoundO C~ 48.37; H~ 3.57; N~ 7.Q3.
iiI, 4~et~o~ ant~ran~ c ac~d (XXII~
A solution o~ 4~met~sxy 2-nitro~enzoic acid ~19.3 g., ~7O9 mmolel in 200 ml. 1~ NH4OH was xeduoed overnight in presence of 5% Pd~BaCO3. The reaction mlxture was filtered and acidified with acetic acid to yield 15.8 g. t96%1 of the anthraQilic acid, M.P.
186-18~C.
iv~ Employing 4-ethoxy-2-nitroaniline or the corresponding 4-n-propoxy- or 4-isopropoxy- compounds as starting material in the above procedures the following products are similarly sbtained~
- COO}~
f~l' Y ~ N~2 where y2 i5 ethoxy, n-propoxy or isopropoxy.
6S41/~, -_9~_ PREPARATION K
i. Met~yl-3~4-dImethDxyanthranilate ~ ydrogen c~loride was passed into a solution o~ 3,4-dimet~ox~ant~ran~lIc ac~d ao~ g~ ~ Q~Sl mole~
S in 1~5 l;~ers met~anol for 40. m~nut~s, T~e reaction mixture was re~lu~ed for 4 dayx wh~le introducing hydrogen chlortde gas interm~ttently~ ~he sol~ent was removed in ~acuo~ and t~e resIdual white solid __ .
was dissol~ed in 5Q0 ml. wat~r, cooled and bas~f~ed lQ to pH 10 with sodium hydroxide solut~on. A~ter cooling for an add~tional hour, the cream color product t.87.0 g., 82% yieldl was filtered. Recrystal-lization from methanol furnished pure product, M~P.
66-67C. 5 A~alysis, Percent Calcld. for ClQ~13N04: C, 56.86;
EI, 6.20; N, 6.63 Pound: C, 56.56; ~, 6.15; N, 6.66.
. $i. Methyl-4-methoxyantbranilate Esterification of 4-methoxy anthranilic acid as des.cribed above afforded methyl-4-methoxy-anthranilate, M.P. 77-79C., in 77~ yield.
1465g~, PREPARATION I
. .
i. 5-Chloro-3-,4~dim~thoxyant~anil~c ac~d ~Xb R = C~ ) - 3_ Sul~uryl chlorid~ aq~3 ml., 0,24 moleL was J 5 added dropw~se to a cooled $olutton of methyl ~,4~
dimethoxyanthranilate C42,2 g~, Q.2Q mole~ in 4Q0 ml.
chloroform at aoc~ Cr~e sulfur diQx;de produced was passed through a water trapl, Afte~ stirring 3 minutes at ambient temperature the solut~on was lQ refluxed for 2 hours. The black solution was treated with charcoal and the solvent was evaporated. The l~_N~R spectrum indicated that the black, oily residue was largely the desired intermediate ester.
The crude methyl ester wa~ saponified with 400 ml. 5 15 tw/v) sodium hydroxide on a steam bath for one hour.
After cooling, the basic suspension was acidified with ac~tic acid to precipitate a brown solid which was filtered and recrystallized from carbon tetra-chloride to afford light-brown crystalline product zQ ~29.0 g., 63.1% yield), N.P. 140-2C. ~Reported N.P.
142-3~C., J. Chem. Soc., 4310-4, 1964~.
Analysis, Percent Calc'd. for C9~1aClN04: C, 46.66;
~, 4.35; N, 6.05 ~ound: C, 46.45; H, 4.45; N, 5.90.
ii. 5-chloro-4-methoxyanthranilic acid (IXc, R=CH3) ~reatment of methyl-4-methoxyanthranilate with sulfuryl chloride as descri~ed above afforded methyl-4-methoxy-5-chloroanthranilate, M.P., 197-200C.
in 90% yield.
'16~
Saponi~Ication o~ methyl-4~m~thoxy-5-chloro anthran;late ~elded 5-chloro-4-methD~yanth~anilic acid in 64% y~eld, ~,P~ ~ 21Q~3~C~
~nalysis, Percent Calc~d ~or CB~8ClN~3; C~ 47~66; H, - 5 . 4~0.a; N, 6~5 Found; C~ 48.~ 4.11; N~ 6.g4.
When m~thyl 4-~th~xyanthranilate o~ ~ethyl 4-n-propyloxyant~anilate are carried throug~ the aboYe procedure 5-c~loro-4-ethoxyanthranil~c ~cid and lQ 5-chloro-4-n.propyloxyanthra~ c acid are o~taIned Ln like manner.
PREPARATION J
_ . _ When ethyl vanillin C~ethoxy-4~hydroxy~
benzaldehyde~ or pxopyl vanillin, ~4~hydroxy-3n-propyloxy~enzaldehydel are employed as startingmaterial in the proceduxe of Preparation A in pl~ce of vanillin and the resulting products carried in turn, t~rough the procedures of Preparation B F and optionally ~hlorination ~y the procedures of Prepara-tions H and I, the corresponding compounds of thefollowing formula are similarly obtained.
l3 2 yl y2 y3 yl y2 y3 H C2~50 C2H50 Cl C2H50 C2H50 H n-C3H70 n~C3H7 Cl n.C3i~70 n C3H70 ~ CH30 C2H50 Cl CH30 C2H50 H n-C3H70 CH30 Cl C2H50 CH3O
~ 2H5 CH30 Cl n~C3H7 C~3o H _~C3H70 C2H50 Cl _ C3H70 C2H50 ~1 4654~
pREPARATION R
.3.~ Tr.~.luorome~hylpRenyl~p~perid~ne i.. N.~B.enzyl-3-hydr.oxy-3~ tx; f luoromethylphenyl~
~peridine U~der anhydrous conditions, to a mi~ture of 11 g, of ~gnesium ~n 15 ml. of et~yl et~er an ~odine crystal ts added ~ollowed ~y t~e addttion of a solution o~ 100 g. of m~bromotrtfluoromethyl~enzena in 300 ml, of ether oYer a two ho~r period. The result~ng mixture i~ 5tirred ~or two hours at ambient temperature then cooled to 5C. A solution of 70 g. of N,benzyl-3-piperidone in 300 ml. of ether is added at this temperature over one hour. After stirring for lS
mi~utes at 5C. and one hour at 20-25C.~ the reaction mixture was poured onto 800 ml. of ice-water with stirring. The mixture is filtered, the organic layer extracted with 4 x 100 ml. of 1~ hydrochloric acid and once with brine. The aqueous phase is made alkaline by addition of triethylamine in the cold and the re~ulting m; Yture extracted with ethyl acetate.
The combined extracts are washed with brine, dried ~MgS04) and e~aporated to dryness. The crude product i~ purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with cyclohexane/chloroform/triethylamine C85:10~5 by ~olume) to obtain the desired product as an orange colored solid.
~14654~
i~. N 8enz~1-3-acetoxy-3~ tri~1uoromethylphenylL-piperid~ne hYdrochlor~de ~ ~xture of 37 g~ o~ NrBenzyl-3~hydroxy-3 6n~tri~luorrxmethylphenyl~piper~dine, 22Q ml, of acetic anhydride and Q.3 ml, of concentrated sulfuric acid is heated to 110C, ~or on~ ~our, After cooling it is poured onto tce-watrar, t~e resulting mixture agitated for 15 minutes and made aIkaline ~y addikion of sodium hydrox;de solutton. The mixture ls extracted lQ with ethyl acetate, the extracts washed with brine, dried ~gSO41 and evaporated to dryness to obtain 39 g. of the free ~ase. This is d;ssolved in 600 ml. of ethyl acetate, cooled in ice, and 100 ml. o~ ethanol saturated with hydrogen chloride is added. The solvent is rr~moved by evaporation in vacuo and the residue triturated with 200 ml. of ethyl acetate then 200 ml. o~ ethyl eth~r is added and the mixture allowed to stand overnight. The crystalline title compounds is collected ~y filtration, washed with ether and dried to obtain 36 g., M.P. 206-207C.
iii. The product obtained in Part ii is dissolved in 700 ml. of ethanol. Palladium-on-car~on catalyst ~40 g.) is added and the mixt~re hydrogenated at room tr~mperature. When hydrogen uptake ceases the catalyst is xemoved by filtration and solvent evaporated ~n vacuo. T~e resulting solid is washed with ether and dried to obtain 21 g. of 3-(~rtrifluoromethylphenyll-piperidine hydrochloride as colorless crystals, ~.P.
200C.
i~. Employing the appropriate cyclic aminoketone, selected from N~benzyl-3-pyrrolido~e, N-benzyl-3~
piperidine, N~enzyl-4-piperidone~ N-~enzyl-4~oxo-~1 465~.
azacycloheptane and N-benzyl-4-oxo-azacyclooctane, and the appropriate R7Hal (where Hal is Cl, Br or I]
in the above procedure the following compounds are obtained in similar manner.
~ ~2)a ~ 7 S HN ' C~R
2)n 7 a n R
1 2 CH3(CH2)5 1 2 (CH3)2CH-CH2 1 2 C6~4CH2 1 2 ClC6H4C~2 1 3 ~CH3)2CH
1 3 C~3(C~2)4 1 3 4-cH3oc6H4cH2 2 2 3-CH3So2C6H4 2 2 2-cH3so2N~c6H4cH2 2 3 C~3C~2 2 3 CH3(CH2)3 2 3 4-CF3C6~CH2 3 3 3-CH3Oc6H4 . ~1 46S~
PR~PARATION ~
i. 3-BenzoYlpiperidine hYdrochloride The method is that of ~.S. 3,576,810. To 500 ml. of thionyl chloride was added 85.6 g~ ~0~5 mole) of l-acetylnipecotic acid. The stirred mixture was heated at ca. 60C. for two hours and then the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure. The crude acid chloride ~as taken up in 200 ml. of dry benzene and the resulting solution added slowly to a mixture of 133 g. (1.0 mole) of aluminum chloride in ~00 ml, of dry benzene. After the addition was complete the mixture was refluxed one hour and then poured onto cracked ice. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with benzene. The combined extracts were dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent was evaporated at reduced pressure. The residual oil which did not crystallize on cooling was distilled at reduced pressure and the fraction boiling at 160-170C.-/.05 mm. collected. The crude product weighed 50 g. A mixture of 50 g. of the crude 1-acetyl-3-benzoylpyrrolidine and 200 ml. of 6N hydrochloric acid was refluxed 12 hours, cooled and extracted with benzene. The combined extracts were washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and the solvent evaporated at reduced pressure. The residual oil weighed lS.l g. t16% yield). A portion (2.5 g.) of the free ~ase was dissolved in 50 ml. of isopropanol and treated with ethereal hydrogen chloride. The white crystalline salt which formed weighed 2.4 g. and melted at 193-195C.
4t~iS~i ii. Employing the appropriate N-acetylamino acid in place of ~-acetylnipecotic acid and benzene or the appropriately substituted benzene in each case, the following compounds are obtained by the above procedure. When R8 is O~ the startin~ material is the corre~ponding acetate and the final product is obtained after hydrolysis, if desired.
~ (C~2~a~ 8 (CH2?n b n R8 a n R8 1 2 ~ 2 2 4-CF3 1 2 4-Br 2 2 2-C~3O
1 2 4-O~ 2 3 ~-F
1 3 ~ 2 3 3-C~3SOz 1 -- 3 4-C1 3 3 ~-~
. ;~ .
~1 4fi~
-1~7-PREPARATION M
N~tl,4~8enzod~oxan-2-Gar~onyl~p~perazine 1,4-Benzod;oxan-2-car~oxyl~c acId t prepared oxidation of 2-hydroxymethyl-1,4-~enzod~oxan with s potassium permanganate in agueous potassium hydroxide at 5-15C., was con~erted to the acid chloride by reaction with thionyl chloride in the 3tandard manner.
A suspen~ion of piperazine C11.88 g.~ and sodium acetate (20.30 g.~ in a mixture of water C70 ml.~ and aceton~ (95 ml.) was stirred at 10-15C. t then concentrated hydrochloric acid was added Cabout 35 ml.) until the p~ of the solution reached 1.5.
1,4-Benzodioxan-2-carbonyl chloride C31.0 g.~ and sodium hydroxide (SN, about 45 ml.) ~ere then added portionwise while ma5ntaining the temperature at 10-15C., the sodium hydroxide maintaining the pH at 1.7-2.2. After the addition was co~plete, the pH was adjusted to 2.0 by the addition of sodium hydroxide, the suspension was stirred for a further ~0 minutes.
Water was then added until a homogeneous solution resulted, the acetone removed in vacuo, and the aqueous phase was basified to pH 8-9 with sodium hydroxide (5N), re-extracted with chloroform ~3 x 200 ml.~ ana the extracts washed with water, dried ~MgS04~
and evaporated in ~acuo. The oily residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, treated with ethereal hydrogen chloride, eYaporated in ~acuo and the solid residue triturated with ether, followed by recrystallization from methanol to give N-(1,4-~enzodioxan-2-ca~bonyl~, piperazine hydrochloride C4.85 g.~, ~.P. 265r267C~
1 4654~
PK~ARATION N
~Ac~ty1-4-allyloxypi~perIdi:n~
A solution o~ N-acetyl-4-hydroxypiperid;ne CloO g.~ in dimethyl~ormam~de C~50 ml.l was added dropwise to sodium hydr;de C38 g., Sa% mineral oil dispersLon] under an atmosp~ere of n;trogen. The mlxture was stirred for 2 ~our~ t~en allyl bromide (93 g.) wa~ added slo~ly whilst mainta~ning the reaction temperature at 25C. ~y external cooling.
T~e m~xture wa~ then stirred at room temperat~re overnight, diluted with isopropanol C~Q ml.~ and ether ~00 ml.2, filtered, and evaporated in vacuo, Distillation of the residue ga~e N.acetyl-4-allyloxy-piperidine a08.8 g.2, B.P. 128~C./2 mm., identi~ied spectroscopically.
PREPAR~TI~N O
4-~2-Methoxy~n-pro~oxy)Piperidine A solut~on of N-acetyl-4-allyloxypiperidine (6.4 g.) i~ dry methanol Q0 ml.~ is added drop~ise to a stirred suspension of mercuric acetate U1.5 g.) in methanol (50 ml.~ at room temperature. After 20 minutes the mercuric acetate is dissolved and the mixture is stirred for a further 40 minutes, cooled in ice-water, and sodium hydroxide C20 ml., 5N~ i5 2S then added. A yello~ precipitate formed during the addition. A solution o~ sodium boro~ydride a.3 ~.) ~n sodium hydroxide (20 ml., 5N) is then added, the mlxture stirred for 10 minutes, and acetic acid added to bring the pH to 6. The mlxture i9 fil~ered 4rom precipitated mercury, the ethanol evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting aqueous p~ase extracted with chloroform.
The organ;c extracts are dried ~a2SO4J, evaporated in vacuo, and the resulting crude residue taken up in met~anol c5a ml. ~ and ~eated under reflux overnight ~14654fi --1 os--with sodium hydroxide C2Q ml., 5Nl and water C2Q ml.2.
Most of the alco~ol is then re~oved ~n Yacuo~ th~
aqueous layer extracted w~th ether, t~e extracts dried CNa2SO41 and evaporated to leave a res~due~
The residue is treated with hydrochlor~c acid ~0 ml., 2NI and heated on a steam ~ath ~or la hours~
The mixture is t~en washed w~th et~ert the aqueous phase basified CNa2co3)~ extracted ~ith ether and the organic extract dr~ed oWa2S041 and evaporated to lQ leave a resiude. Dtstillation of t~e residue a~
reduced pressure affords the title compound~
PRE~ARATION P
4-(2-~ydroxy-n-propoxy~p~per~dine .
N-Acetyl-4-allyloxypiperidine C18 g.) in tetrahydro-furan ~30 nl.~ was added dropwise to a stirred yellow suspension o~ mercuric acetate C34 g.~ in a mixt~re of water (120 ml.~ and tetrahydrofuran (12~ ml.l~ The suspen~ion dissolved during the add~t~on and the resulting clear solution was stirred at room temperature 2a for 20 minute~, then sodium hydroxide C70 ml., SN) was added, acc~mpanied by ice/water cooling. The intermediate thus obtained was then reduced by the addition of sodiu~ ~orohydride C2 g.~ in sodium hydroxide (40 ml., SN), the excess hydride being de~troyed a~ter 10 minutes with glacial acetic acid.
The liguid phase was then decanted of~, saturated with sodium chloride, the organic phase separated, and the remaining aqueous layer extracted four times with chloroform. The combined organic phases were dried GNa2so4~ and evaporated in vacuo to leave a colorless oil ~3 g.~.
, '. '., . ' ' ' . ' .
, ~14654~
This o;l was stirred wIth 5N sodium hydxoxide at room temperature ~or 16 hours~ then at 100~C~ for 2 hours. The solut;on was then extracted wit~ c~loroform (four time~, the com~ined extracts dried Q~a2SV4)~
S and evaporated ~n Yacuo ~o le~e a crude cx~st~ll;ne product ~6~1 g~, Th~s Yas ta~en up in methylene chloride, filtered, evaporated, and the res~due triturated wit~ petroleum ether C3.P~ 4Q/60C,~ to yield 4-t2-hydroxy-n-propox~lpiperidine ~1~0 g.~, M.P. 55-57C. T~e oxalate salt thereof was prepared by combining ethereal solutions of the two reactants and recrystallized from iso~ropanol, M.P 104-105~.
PREPM AT~ON Q
4-~3-NethoxypropoxxlPiPeridine lS A solution of N-acetyl-4-hydroxypiperidine C30.5 g.) in dimethylformamide ~200 ml.l is added dropwise to a stirred suspension of sodium hydride (11~26 g., 50~ dispersion in mineral oil) in dimethyl-formamide (300 ml.) under an atmosphere of nitrogen. 20 The reaction temperature is kept below 30C. by external cooling and, after the addition is complete, stirring is continued for a further 1 1/4 hours. A
solution of l-brcmo-3-methoxypropane (35.2 g-l in dimethylformAmide ~100 ml.~ is then added dropwise with external cooling, and the resulting clear solution is stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture is then evaporated i~ vacuo, the residue partitioned between water and chloro~orm, the organic extracts dried 0~a2SO4l and evaporated to leave a 3Q crude residue. The abo~e aqueous phase is saturated with sodium chloride, ~urther e~tracted with chloroform, and the organic phase is dried a~a2S041, and evaporated to leave a further residue. Thts residue is combined with the original residue and heated on a steam bath overnight with hydrochloric acid (243 ml., 2N). The reaction mixture is extracted with chloro~orm to remove the residual mineral oil, the aqueous phase ..
-- ~146S~
concentrated, basified with sod~um ~ydroxide ~pE
121, then reextractea wit~ c~loro~ormO T~e. organic extracts are washed w~t~ ~r~n~, drted o~a2S04~ and evaporated to afford t~e des~red product.
Claims (28)
PROPERTY OR PRIVILEGE IS CLAIMED ARE DEFINED AS FOLLOWS:
1. A process for production of 2,4-diaminoquinazoline compounds of the formula --(I) wherein Y1 is hydrogen or chloro, Y2 is OR, Y3 is hydrogen or OR; when Y1 is hydrogen, Y3 is OR and when Y1 is chloro, Y3 is hydrogen or OR, and the pharm-aceutically acceptable acid addition salts thereof;
R is alkyl having from one to three carbon atoms;
R1 and R2 are the same or different and when taken separately are each a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms; alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached R1 and R2 form or where X1 is a member selected from the group consisting of S(O)t, CHOR6, -(CH2)p- and CHR7, and X2 is a member selected from the group consisting of X1, O, NR3, NCOR4, and NCOOR5, where m is 2 or 3, n is 2 or 3, p is 1 to 3, t is 0, 1 or 2;
R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, -(CH2)qC6H4R8 and -(CH2)qC10H6R8, where q is 0 or 1;
R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylmethyl wherein said cycloalkyl has from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, , , , , , R10, CH2R10 and (CH2)qC6H4R8 where A is S or 0, q is as defined above and R10 is a member selected from the group consisting of , , and where r is 1 or 2; R5 is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, CH2C6H4R8, CH2C10H6R8, CH2R10 and CH20-pyridyl; R6 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C6H4R8, -(CH2)pZ R15, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and said alkyl substituted by a member selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, OH, CH30, S02CH3 and NHS02CH3, where p and A are as previously defined and Z is a member selected from the group con-sisting of 0, S, SO, S02 and NR16; R7 is a member selected from the group con-sisting of alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, -(CH2)qC6H4R8 and COC6H4R8; R8 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, Br, F, CH3, CH3O, CF3, OH, SO2CH3 and NHS02CH3; R9 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, CH3, C2H5 and phenyl; R11 is hydrogen or methylthio and R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, NH2 alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms and NHC02R14; R14 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms; R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms, C6H4R8 and C10H6R8; and R16 is hydrogen or alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms; characterized in that:
(a) a compound of the formula where L1 is Cl, Br, S-alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or S-benzyl and Y1, Y2 and Y3 are as defined above, is reacted with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula RlR2NH
in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160°C; or (b) reacting a compound of the formula wherein L2 is Cl, Br or alkoxy having from one to four carbon atoms; and Yl, Y2, Y3, Rl and R2 are as defined above with ammonia in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160°C;
or (c) reacting a compound of the formula wherein Y1, Y2, Y3, m and n are as defined above with a compound of the formula WX3 where W is R3, COR4 or COOR5; R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above, and X3 is C1 or Br, in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent at a temperature of from 0°C up to the reflux temperature of the solvent, to provide a compound of formula (I) wherein NR1R2 is ; or (d) reacting a compound of the formula with a compound of the formula A1NRlR2 wherein Yl, Y2, Y3, R1 and R2 are as defined above and Q is CN or C(=NH)NH2 and when Q is CN, Al is C(=NH)XR3 or C(=NH)NH2 where X is O or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms; and when Q is C(=NH)NH2, A1 is CN, optionally in the presence of a basic catalyst, and at a temperature of from 50 to 180°C; or (e) cyclization of a compound of the formula wherein Y1, Y2, Y3, R1 and R2 are as defined above by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide; or (f) reaction of a compound of the formula wherein Y1,Y2, Y3, Rl and R2 are as defined above, with one or more cyclizing reagents at a temperature of from 25 to 125°C.
R is alkyl having from one to three carbon atoms;
R1 and R2 are the same or different and when taken separately are each a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 5 carbon atoms; alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms and when taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached R1 and R2 form or where X1 is a member selected from the group consisting of S(O)t, CHOR6, -(CH2)p- and CHR7, and X2 is a member selected from the group consisting of X1, O, NR3, NCOR4, and NCOOR5, where m is 2 or 3, n is 2 or 3, p is 1 to 3, t is 0, 1 or 2;
R3 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, alkynyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, -(CH2)qC6H4R8 and -(CH2)qC10H6R8, where q is 0 or 1;
R4 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, alkenyl having from 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cyclo-alkyl and cycloalkylmethyl wherein said cycloalkyl has from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, , , , , , R10, CH2R10 and (CH2)qC6H4R8 where A is S or 0, q is as defined above and R10 is a member selected from the group consisting of , , and where r is 1 or 2; R5 is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from 1 to 7 carbon atoms, alkenyl having 3 to 5 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl having from 3 to 8 carbon atoms, hydroxy substituted alkyl having from 2 to 5 carbon atoms, CH2C6H4R8, CH2C10H6R8, CH2R10 and CH20-pyridyl; R6 is a member selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C6H4R8, -(CH2)pZ R15, alkyl having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms and said alkyl substituted by a member selected from the group consisting of Cl, F, Br, OH, CH30, S02CH3 and NHS02CH3, where p and A are as previously defined and Z is a member selected from the group con-sisting of 0, S, SO, S02 and NR16; R7 is a member selected from the group con-sisting of alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms, hydroxyalkyl having from one to five carbon atoms, -(CH2)qC6H4R8 and COC6H4R8; R8 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, Br, F, CH3, CH3O, CF3, OH, SO2CH3 and NHS02CH3; R9 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, Cl, CH3, C2H5 and phenyl; R11 is hydrogen or methylthio and R12 is a member selected from the group consisting of H, NH2 alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms and NHC02R14; R14 is alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms; R15 is a member selected from the group consisting of alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms, C6H4R8 and C10H6R8; and R16 is hydrogen or alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms; characterized in that:
(a) a compound of the formula where L1 is Cl, Br, S-alkyl having from one to four carbon atoms or S-benzyl and Y1, Y2 and Y3 are as defined above, is reacted with an equimolar amount of an amine of the formula RlR2NH
in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160°C; or (b) reacting a compound of the formula wherein L2 is Cl, Br or alkoxy having from one to four carbon atoms; and Yl, Y2, Y3, Rl and R2 are as defined above with ammonia in the presence of an aqueous or an organic solvent at a temperature of from 60 to 160°C;
or (c) reacting a compound of the formula wherein Y1, Y2, Y3, m and n are as defined above with a compound of the formula WX3 where W is R3, COR4 or COOR5; R3, R4 and R5 are as defined above, and X3 is C1 or Br, in the presence of a reaction inert organic solvent at a temperature of from 0°C up to the reflux temperature of the solvent, to provide a compound of formula (I) wherein NR1R2 is ; or (d) reacting a compound of the formula with a compound of the formula A1NRlR2 wherein Yl, Y2, Y3, R1 and R2 are as defined above and Q is CN or C(=NH)NH2 and when Q is CN, Al is C(=NH)XR3 or C(=NH)NH2 where X is O or S and R3 is alkyl having from one to six carbon atoms; and when Q is C(=NH)NH2, A1 is CN, optionally in the presence of a basic catalyst, and at a temperature of from 50 to 180°C; or (e) cyclization of a compound of the formula wherein Y1, Y2, Y3, R1 and R2 are as defined above by reaction with anhydrous ammonia in the presence of a polar solvent and an alkali metal amide; or (f) reaction of a compound of the formula wherein Y1,Y2, Y3, Rl and R2 are as defined above, with one or more cyclizing reagents at a temperature of from 25 to 125°C.
2. A process according to claim 1 wherein in Part (a) L is Cl.
3. A process according to claims 1 or 2 wherein in Part (a) said solvent is isoamyl alcohol or methylisobutyl ketone.
4. A process according to claim 1 or 2 wherein in Part (a) said temperature is from 100 to 140°C.
5. A process according to claim 1 wherein in Part (b) L2 is Cl.
6. A process according to claim 1 wherein in Part (c) said solvent is methylisobutyl ketone.
7. A process according to claim 1, Part (d) wherein Q is CN and Al is C(=NH)NH2 and approximately equimolar amounts of reactants are contacted in the presence of a reaction inert solvent at a temperature of from 120 to 180°C.
8. A process according to claim 1, Part (d) wherein Q is CN and A is C(=NH)XR3 and 0.5 to 5 molar equivalents of basic catalyst is employed.
9. A process according to claim 1, Part (d) wherein Q is -C(=NH)NH2 and A1 is CN and 0.5 to 5 molar equivalents of basic catalyst is employed.
10. A process according to claim 1, Part (e) wherein said solvent is formamide or N,N-dimethylform-amide, said alkali metal amide is sodium amide and the cyclization is carried out at a temperature of from 100 to 150°C.
11. A process according to claim 1, Part (f) wherein said reaction is carried out employing phos-phorus trichloride or phosphorus pentachloride in a solvent amount of phosphorus oxychloride as said re-agents.
12. A process according to claim 1, Part (f) wherein said reaction is carried out employing aqueous hydrogen chloride, hydrogen chloride in phosphorus oxy-chloride, trichloroacetic acid, ZnCl2, FeC13, AlC13 or AlBr3 as said reagent.
13. A process according to claim 1 characterized in that when Yl is hydrogen, Y2 and Y3 are each methoxy, and when Y1 is chloro, Y2 is methoxy and Y3 is hydrogen or methoxy.
14. A process according to claim 13 wherein NR1R2 is
15. A process according to claim 13 wherein NR1R2 is
16. A 2,4-diaminoquinazoline compound as defined in claim 1, or its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, whenever prepared by the process of claim 1 or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
17. A process for the preparation of 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride which comprises reacting 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8 dimethoxy-quinazoline with 1-(2-furoyl)-piperazine.
18. 2-[4-(2-Furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 17, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
19. A process for the preparation of 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride which comprises reacting 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline with 1-(2-furoyl)piperazine.
20. 2-[4-(2-Furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazoline hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 19, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
21. A process for the preparation of 2-[4-(2-furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride which comprises reacting 2-chloro-4-amino-7,8 dimethoxyquinazoline with 1-(2-furoyl)-piperazine.
22. 2-[4-(2-Furoyl)piperazine-1-yl]-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazoline hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 21, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
23. A process for the preparation of 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl]piperazine-l-carboxylate hydrochloride which comprises reacting 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxy-quinazoline with 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate.
24. 2-Methyl-2 hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 23, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
25. A process for the preparation of 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazolin-2-yl]piperazine-1-carboxylate hydrochloride which comprises reacting 2,6-dichloro-4-amino-7-methoxyquinazoline with 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate.
26. 2-Methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-6-chloro-7-methoxyquinazolin-2-yl]piperazine-l-carboxylate hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 25, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
27. A process for the preparation of 2-methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-7,8-dimethyoxyquinazolin-2-yl]piperazine-l-carboxylate hydrochloride which com-prises reacting 2-chloro-4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin with 2-methyl-2-hydroxy-propyl-4-piperazine-1-carboxylate.
28. 2-Methyl-2-hydroxypropyl 4-[4-amino-7,8-dimethoxyquinazolin-2-yl]
piperazine-l-carboxylate hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 27, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
piperazine-l-carboxylate hydrochloride, whenever prepared by the process of claim 27, or by an obvious chemical equivalent thereof.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US9031379A | 1979-11-01 | 1979-11-01 | |
| US90,313 | 1979-11-01 | ||
| US06/126,838 US4287341A (en) | 1979-11-01 | 1980-03-03 | Alkoxy-substituted-6-chloro-quinazoline-2,4-diones |
| US126,838 | 1980-03-03 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA1146546A true CA1146546A (en) | 1983-05-17 |
Family
ID=26782146
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA000363579A Expired CA1146546A (en) | 1979-11-01 | 1980-10-30 | Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2,4- diaminoquinazolines |
Country Status (15)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US4287341A (en) |
| EP (1) | EP0028473B1 (en) |
| AR (1) | AR227650A1 (en) |
| AU (1) | AU520344B2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA1146546A (en) |
| DE (1) | DE3069944D1 (en) |
| DK (1) | DK153399C (en) |
| ES (5) | ES8202334A1 (en) |
| FI (1) | FI77455C (en) |
| GR (1) | GR70728B (en) |
| IE (1) | IE50366B1 (en) |
| IL (1) | IL61375A (en) |
| PH (3) | PH17552A (en) |
| PT (1) | PT72007B (en) |
| YU (1) | YU41745B (en) |
Families Citing this family (44)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4607034A (en) * | 1979-10-29 | 1986-08-19 | Mitsubishi Yuka Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Quinazoline derivatives and pharmaceutical composition thereof |
| GB2068961B (en) | 1980-02-13 | 1983-11-30 | Sankyo Co | Quinazoline derivatives |
| US4351832A (en) * | 1980-04-18 | 1982-09-28 | American Home Products Corporation | 2-(Piperazinyl)-4-pyrimidinamines |
| FI70411C (en) | 1980-12-29 | 1986-09-19 | Pfizer | FORM OF ANTHYPERTENSIVE 4-AMINO-6,7-DIMETOXY-2-PIPERAZINOQUINAZOLE DERIVATIVES |
| ES515338A0 (en) * | 1981-09-09 | 1983-11-01 | Orion Yhtymae Oy | "METHOD FOR THE PREPARATION OF SUBSTITUTED PIPERIDINYLQUINAZOLIDINES". |
| US4656174A (en) * | 1982-07-24 | 1987-04-07 | Pfizer Inc. | Quinoline therapeutic agents |
| CH651027A5 (en) * | 1982-11-12 | 1985-08-30 | Sandoz Ag | HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE. |
| CS236097B1 (en) * | 1983-06-01 | 1985-05-15 | Jan Koenig | Acylderivatives of 2-piperazinochinazoline and method of their preparation |
| US4933460A (en) * | 1983-08-22 | 1990-06-12 | Hoechst-Roussel Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Piperdine substituted phenyl hydrazones |
| US4634769A (en) * | 1984-09-25 | 1987-01-06 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | Process for the preparation of 8-halo-5,6-dialkoxyquinazoline-2,4-diones and their salts |
| FR2582513B1 (en) * | 1985-05-28 | 1988-08-05 | Synthelabo | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING ALFUZOSINE |
| AT384218B (en) * | 1985-12-04 | 1987-10-12 | Gerot Pharmazeutika | METHOD FOR PRODUCING NEW CHINAZOLINE DERIVATIVES |
| US4668787A (en) * | 1985-12-20 | 1987-05-26 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | 5,6-dialkoxy-4-imino-2(1H)quinazolinone derivatives |
| US4672116A (en) * | 1985-12-20 | 1987-06-09 | Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation | Substituted 5,6-dialkoxyquinazoline derivatives |
| IL88507A (en) * | 1987-12-03 | 1993-02-21 | Smithkline Beckman Intercredit | 2,4-diaminoquinazolines, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them |
| EP0360936A1 (en) * | 1988-09-29 | 1990-04-04 | Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Österreich | Method for the conversion of a sampled analog input signal |
| JPH02138181A (en) * | 1988-11-08 | 1990-05-28 | Ist Luso Farmaco Italia Spa | 2,2-di-substituted 2,3-dihydro- 1,4-benzodioxine derivative having antihypertensive activity |
| GB8910722D0 (en) * | 1989-05-10 | 1989-06-28 | Smithkline Beckman Intercredit | Compounds |
| CA2015981A1 (en) * | 1989-05-10 | 1990-11-10 | Thomas H. Brown | Compounds |
| KR930702292A (en) * | 1990-11-06 | 1993-09-08 | 알렌 제이. 스피겔 | Quinazolin derivatives for enhancing tumor therapeutic activity |
| PT100905A (en) * | 1991-09-30 | 1994-02-28 | Eisai Co Ltd | BICYCLE HYGIENEOUS HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING BENZENE, CYCLOHEXAN OR PYRIDINE AND PYRIMIDINE, PYRIDINE OR IMIDAZOLE SUBSTITUTES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
| US5494908A (en) * | 1992-11-23 | 1996-02-27 | Hoechst-Roussel Pharmaceutical Incorporated | Substituted 3-(aminoalkylamino)-1,2-benzisoxazoles and related compounds |
| IL108630A0 (en) * | 1993-02-18 | 1994-05-30 | Fmc Corp | Insecticidal substituted 2,4-diaminoquinazolines |
| DE4429978A1 (en) * | 1994-08-24 | 1996-02-29 | Bayer Ag | Process for the preparation of quinazoline-2,4-diones |
| US5747490A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1998-05-05 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Alpha 1b adrenergic receptor antagonists |
| WO1997020823A2 (en) * | 1995-12-01 | 1997-06-12 | Novartis Ag | 2-amino quinazoline derivatives as npy receptor antagonists |
| CA2173408C (en) * | 1996-04-03 | 2001-09-04 | K.S. Keshava Murthy | Process for the manufacture of intermediates suitable to make doxazosin,terazosin, prazosin, tiodazosin and related antihypertensive medicines |
| IT1286302B1 (en) * | 1996-04-10 | 1998-07-08 | Rotta Research Lab | CHINAZOLINE-4-AMINO-2- (PIPERIDINO-1-IL-4-SUBSTITUTED) WITH ANTI-HYPERTENSIVE ACTIVITY, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND USE |
| GB9708917D0 (en) * | 1997-05-01 | 1997-06-25 | Pfizer Ltd | Compounds useful in therapy |
| DZ3415A1 (en) * | 2000-08-31 | 2002-03-07 | Chiron Corp | GUANIDINOBENZAMIDES AS MC4-R AGONISTS. |
| EP1767525A1 (en) * | 2001-04-09 | 2007-03-28 | Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc. | Guanidino compounds as melanocortin-4 receptor (MC4-R) agonists |
| EP1487474A4 (en) * | 2002-02-25 | 2006-11-29 | Chiron Corp | Intranasal administration of mc4-r agonists |
| ATE478867T1 (en) * | 2002-05-23 | 2010-09-15 | Novartis Vaccines & Diagnostic | SUBSTITUTED QUINAZOLINONE COMPOUNDS |
| BR0313743A (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2005-07-05 | Chiron Corp | Benzimidazole quinolinones and uses of these |
| PL226562B1 (en) | 2002-09-30 | 2017-08-31 | Bayer Pharmaceuticals Corp | Fused azole-pyrimidine derivatives |
| US6608200B1 (en) * | 2002-10-07 | 2003-08-19 | Council Of Scientific & Industrial Research | Process for the preparation of N-(2,3-Dihydrobenzo[1,4]dioxin-2-carbonyl)piperazine |
| AU2004249120B2 (en) * | 2003-05-23 | 2008-07-24 | Glaxosmithkline | Guanidino-substituted quinazolinone compounds as MC4-R agonists |
| BRPI0416143A (en) | 2003-11-07 | 2007-01-02 | Chiron Corp | pharmaceutically acceptable salts of quinolinone compounds having improved pharmaceutical properties |
| MXPA06005736A (en) * | 2003-11-19 | 2006-12-14 | Chiron Corp | Quinazolinone compounds with reduced bioaccumulation. |
| RU2007115900A (en) * | 2004-10-27 | 2008-11-10 | Дайити Санкио Компани, Лимитед (Jp) | BENZENE DERIVATIVES WITH 2 OR MORE SUBSTITUTES |
| US8609672B2 (en) | 2010-08-27 | 2013-12-17 | University Of The Pacific | Piperazinylpyrimidine analogues as protein kinase inhibitors |
| US20140080810A1 (en) | 2010-11-15 | 2014-03-20 | Exelixis, Inc. | Benzoxazepines as Inhibitors of PI3K/mTOR and Methods of Their Use and Manufacture |
| GB202006382D0 (en) | 2020-04-30 | 2020-06-17 | Spermatech As | Use |
| CN113105350B (en) * | 2021-04-06 | 2023-11-24 | 利尔化学股份有限公司 | Process for preparing 2-amino-3-alkyl-5-chlorobenzoic acid |
Family Cites Families (13)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| DE1117130B (en) * | 1959-10-14 | 1961-11-16 | Basf Ag | Process for the preparation of 2,4-dihydroxyquinazolines |
| US3511836A (en) * | 1967-12-13 | 1970-05-12 | Pfizer & Co C | 2,4,6,7-tetra substituted quinazolines |
| US3669968A (en) * | 1970-05-21 | 1972-06-13 | Pfizer | Trialkoxy quinazolines |
| DE2027645A1 (en) * | 1970-06-05 | 1971-12-09 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fa bnk GmbH, 7750 Konstanz | Piperazinylalkyl quinazolone (4) den vate, process for their preparation and medicinal products containing them |
| GB1334633A (en) * | 1972-04-07 | 1973-10-24 | Parke Davis & Co | Quinazoline compounds and methods for their production |
| JPS4966691A (en) * | 1972-10-30 | 1974-06-27 | ||
| US4026894A (en) * | 1975-10-14 | 1977-05-31 | Abbott Laboratories | Antihypertensive agents |
| US4001237A (en) * | 1976-02-18 | 1977-01-04 | Bristol-Myers Company | Oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole and isothiazole amides |
| US4060615A (en) * | 1976-02-18 | 1977-11-29 | Mead Johnson & Company | 2-Piperazinyl-6,7-dimethoxyquinazolines |
| US4001238A (en) * | 1976-02-18 | 1977-01-04 | Bristol-Myers Company | 1,3,4-oxadiazole amides |
| US4101548A (en) * | 1977-02-22 | 1978-07-18 | Bristol-Myers Company | 1,2,3-Thiadiazole amides |
| US4098788A (en) * | 1977-06-20 | 1978-07-04 | Bristol-Myers Company | Process for preparing quinazolines |
| US4102885A (en) * | 1977-06-20 | 1978-07-25 | Bristol-Myers Company | Process for preparing 2,4-dihaloquinazolines |
-
1980
- 1980-03-03 US US06/126,838 patent/US4287341A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
- 1980-10-16 DE DE8080303658T patent/DE3069944D1/en not_active Expired
- 1980-10-16 EP EP80303658A patent/EP0028473B1/en not_active Expired
- 1980-10-29 AR AR283044A patent/AR227650A1/en active
- 1980-10-29 PH PH24784A patent/PH17552A/en unknown
- 1980-10-30 GR GR63246A patent/GR70728B/el unknown
- 1980-10-30 YU YU2775/80A patent/YU41745B/en unknown
- 1980-10-30 FI FI803397A patent/FI77455C/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1980-10-30 CA CA000363579A patent/CA1146546A/en not_active Expired
- 1980-10-30 IL IL61375A patent/IL61375A/en unknown
- 1980-10-31 IE IE2258/80A patent/IE50366B1/en unknown
- 1980-10-31 PT PT72007A patent/PT72007B/en unknown
- 1980-10-31 DK DK462380A patent/DK153399C/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1980-10-31 ES ES496442A patent/ES8202334A1/en not_active Expired
- 1980-10-31 AU AU63896/80A patent/AU520344B2/en not_active Ceased
-
1981
- 1981-11-11 ES ES507041A patent/ES8303360A1/en not_active Expired
- 1981-11-11 ES ES507042A patent/ES8206491A1/en not_active Expired
- 1981-11-11 ES ES507043A patent/ES507043A0/en active Granted
-
1982
- 1982-10-06 ES ES516286A patent/ES516286A0/en active Granted
- 1982-10-08 PH PH27963A patent/PH18321A/en unknown
- 1982-10-08 PH PH27964A patent/PH20061A/en unknown
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU6389680A (en) | 1981-05-07 |
| PH18321A (en) | 1985-05-29 |
| PT72007A (en) | 1980-11-01 |
| EP0028473B1 (en) | 1985-01-09 |
| ES507041A0 (en) | 1983-02-01 |
| ES8207520A1 (en) | 1982-10-01 |
| GR70728B (en) | 1983-01-24 |
| IL61375A0 (en) | 1980-12-31 |
| FI77455B (en) | 1988-11-30 |
| FI803397L (en) | 1981-05-02 |
| PT72007B (en) | 1981-08-31 |
| YU41745B (en) | 1987-12-31 |
| ES496442A0 (en) | 1982-01-16 |
| ES8202334A1 (en) | 1982-01-16 |
| PH20061A (en) | 1986-09-18 |
| IE50366B1 (en) | 1986-04-02 |
| US4287341A (en) | 1981-09-01 |
| DK153399B (en) | 1988-07-11 |
| ES507042A0 (en) | 1982-08-16 |
| PH17552A (en) | 1984-09-20 |
| DK153399C (en) | 1988-12-19 |
| EP0028473A1 (en) | 1981-05-13 |
| DK462380A (en) | 1981-05-02 |
| IE802258L (en) | 1981-05-01 |
| FI77455C (en) | 1989-03-10 |
| ES507043A0 (en) | 1982-10-01 |
| ES8303360A1 (en) | 1983-02-01 |
| IL61375A (en) | 1986-09-30 |
| ES8400415A1 (en) | 1983-10-16 |
| AR227650A1 (en) | 1982-11-30 |
| DE3069944D1 (en) | 1985-02-21 |
| ES8206491A1 (en) | 1982-08-16 |
| AU520344B2 (en) | 1982-01-28 |
| YU277580A (en) | 1983-06-30 |
| ES516286A0 (en) | 1983-10-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA1146546A (en) | Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2,4- diaminoquinazolines | |
| KR850000677B1 (en) | Process for preparing(pipericinylalkyl)quinazoline derivatives | |
| US3609152A (en) | Certain 2-amino-3,4-dihydrogen-inazolin-4-ones and 4-thiones | |
| EP0100200B1 (en) | 2-substituted 4-amino-6,7-dimethoxyquinolines | |
| EP0159566B1 (en) | Novel piperazine derivatives, processes for production thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds as active ingredient | |
| CA1175432A (en) | N-oxacyclyl-alkylpiperidine derivatives, process for their preparation, pharmaceutical products containing them, and their use | |
| DK155327B (en) | METHOD OF ANALOGUE FOR THE PREPARATION OF 5H-2,3-BENZODIAZEPINE DERIVATIVES OR A PHARMACEUTICAL ACCEPTABLE ACID ADDITION SALT | |
| JPH0616648A (en) | Benzimidazolyl derivatives, medicinal compositions containing these compounds and their preparation | |
| CA1246074A (en) | Derivatives of hydroxy- or amino-substituted (piperidinylalkyl)quinazolines | |
| NZ225708A (en) | 2-((4-piperidyl)methyl)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinoline derivatives | |
| GB1583753A (en) | Piperidine derivatives processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
| US4377581A (en) | Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2,4-diaminoquinazolines | |
| US4243666A (en) | 4-Amino-2-piperidino-quinazolines | |
| US4647565A (en) | 2-(2-quinazolinylaminoalkoxymethyl)-1,4-dihydropyridine derivatives as cardiovascular agents | |
| US4351940A (en) | Chloro- and alkoxy-substituted-2-chloro-4-aminodquinazolines | |
| US4044136A (en) | Aminoquinazoline therapeutic agents | |
| US3842082A (en) | 4-piperazinyl-10h-thieno(3,2-c)(1)benzazepines | |
| KR840001095B1 (en) | Process for preparation of novel chloro- and alkoxy -substituted-2,4-diaminoguinazolines | |
| JP2001520224A (en) | 2-Substituted 1,2-benziisothiazole derivatives and their use as serotonin antagonists (5-HT1A, 5-HT1B, 5-HT1D) | |
| JPH051058A (en) | Isoindole derivative, manufacture and use | |
| HU193361B (en) | Process for producing phenyl-piperazine derivatives and acid additional salts | |
| US4128549A (en) | Precursors of 4-(1-alkyl-4-piperidylidene-4H-benzo[4,5]cyclohepta-[1,2-b]thiophen-10(9H)-ones | |
| US4345081A (en) | Spiro[indoline-3,4'-piperidine]s | |
| US3424749A (en) | Certain n-(benzenesulfonyl) pipecolinic acids and lower alkyl esters thereof | |
| KR840002139B1 (en) | Process for preparing benzoquinolizines |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| MKEX | Expiry |